WO2024007936A1 - Swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, and fitness equipment having same - Google Patents

Swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, and fitness equipment having same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024007936A1
WO2024007936A1 PCT/CN2023/103686 CN2023103686W WO2024007936A1 WO 2024007936 A1 WO2024007936 A1 WO 2024007936A1 CN 2023103686 W CN2023103686 W CN 2023103686W WO 2024007936 A1 WO2024007936 A1 WO 2024007936A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
unit
swing arm
guide rail
fitness equipment
slider
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/103686
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
崔天龙
陈岗
Original Assignee
北京觅淘智联科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 filed Critical 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024007936A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024007936A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • A63B21/005Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices using electromagnetic or electric force-resisters
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • A63B21/15Arrangements for force transmissions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • A63B21/15Arrangements for force transmissions
    • A63B21/151Using flexible elements for reciprocating movements, e.g. ropes or chains
    • A63B21/154Using flexible elements for reciprocating movements, e.g. ropes or chains using special pulley-assemblies
    • A63B21/156Using flexible elements for reciprocating movements, e.g. ropes or chains using special pulley-assemblies the position of the pulleys being variable, e.g. for different exercises
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • A63B21/16Supports for anchoring force-resisters
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • A63B21/16Supports for anchoring force-resisters
    • A63B21/169Supports for anchoring force-resisters for anchoring on or against a wall
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B21/00Exercising apparatus for developing or strengthening the muscles or joints of the body by working against a counterforce, with or without measuring devices
    • A63B21/40Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof
    • A63B21/4041Interfaces with the user related to strength training; Details thereof characterised by the movements of the interface
    • A63B21/4045Reciprocating movement along, in or on a guide
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B23/00Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body
    • A63B23/035Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B23/00Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body
    • A63B23/035Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously
    • A63B23/03516For both arms together or both legs together; Aspects related to the co-ordination between right and left side limbs of a user
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B23/00Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body
    • A63B23/035Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously
    • A63B23/12Exercising apparatus specially adapted for particular parts of the body for limbs, i.e. upper or lower limbs, e.g. simultaneously for upper limbs or related muscles, e.g. chest, upper back or shoulder muscles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B24/00Electric or electronic controls for exercising apparatus of preceding groups; Controlling or monitoring of exercises, sportive games, training or athletic performances
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B71/00Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B71/00Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
    • A63B71/06Indicating or scoring devices for games or players, or for other sports activities
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B71/00Games or sports accessories not covered in groups A63B1/00 - A63B69/00
    • A63B71/06Indicating or scoring devices for games or players, or for other sports activities
    • A63B71/0619Displays, user interfaces and indicating devices, specially adapted for sport equipment, e.g. display mounted on treadmills
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B2210/00Space saving
    • A63B2210/50Size reducing arrangements for stowing or transport
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63BAPPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL TRAINING, GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING, CLIMBING, OR FENCING; BALL GAMES; TRAINING EQUIPMENT
    • A63B2225/00Miscellaneous features of sport apparatus, devices or equipment
    • A63B2225/09Adjustable dimensions
    • A63B2225/093Height

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the technical field of fitness equipment, and in particular to a swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment.
  • US Patent No. 2021038937 discloses a fitness equipment that can be placed vertically on a horizontal ground, uses a motor as a resistance source, and is provided with two swing arms on both sides.
  • the two swing arms can along the vertical direction perpendicular to the ground By moving up and down, users can use the handle at the front of the swing arm to perform exercises.
  • Patent Document 1
  • the fitness equipment in Patent Document 1 is too highly integrated, resulting in excessively high costs, and the high degree of integration makes its manufacturing too difficult.
  • the existing fitness equipment integrates some structures, it is still suitable for users in professional gyms. The size is still too large and is still not suitable for placement in ordinary family homes. Therefore, for ordinary family residences, the existing fitness equipment still has the problem of excessively large floor space.
  • fitness equipment has swing arms used for exercise by bodybuilders. However, in order to meet the needs of exercise, the swing arms usually need to have a certain length. However, the swing arms of existing fitness equipment are generally longer. , even if the fitness equipment is barely put into an ordinary family as a whole, it will occupy too much residential space, so it is not suitable for ordinary families.
  • swing arms are usually provided on both sides of the exterior of fitness equipment.
  • the swing arms and other components provided on the outside of the fitness equipment cannot be stored and hidden, so even if such fitness equipment can barely be placed in an ordinary In the family room, it also looks uncoordinated due to the exposure of the swing arm and other parts. It will also affect the aesthetics of the entire fitness equipment and even the room where the fitness equipment is stored.
  • the utilization rate of home fitness equipment is not as high as that of gyms.
  • fitness equipment is not needed, it needs to be placed in a place that does not hinder the overall environment of the home.
  • ordinary families cannot store it, even if they can barely store it. There is also the problem of wasting space and being unsightly.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment and fitness equipment having such a swing arm connection structure, which is suitable for use in rooms of ordinary homes and can reduce manufacturing processes and costs. , and can suppress the problem of excessive joint torque caused by too long swing arms, and has a compact structure that can be stored in a small volume when not in use, reducing the space occupied in the family home, and also making the appearance more beautiful. .
  • the fitness equipment includes: a main body, a front panel provided on the front of the main body, a guide rail unit provided on the back of the front panel, a sliding
  • the slider unit is disposed on the guide rail unit and the swing arm unit connected to the slider unit.
  • the swing arm connection structure includes the slider unit, the swing arm unit and two guide rail units, The two guide rail units extend along a straight line and intersect in the extension direction.
  • the distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes upward.
  • the distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes downward.
  • the two guide rail units are axially symmetrical with respect to the center line of the fitness equipment.
  • the main body part is in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid, with parallel upper and lower bottom sides and two main body part sides as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid, and the two guide rail units are respectively along the It is arranged on the side of the main body part.
  • the front panel is rectangular and has a top edge, a bottom edge and two front panel sides
  • the guide rail unit is disposed on the back of the front panel, between the two guide rail units.
  • the two guide rail units are respectively in contact with the side of the front panel on the corresponding side and the top of the front panel.
  • a storage area is divided by the side.
  • the two guide rail units respectively define a storage area with the side edge of the front panel on the corresponding side and the bottom edge of the front panel.
  • the swing arm connection structure can be stored in the storage area.
  • the guide rail unit is provided on the side surface of the main body.
  • the main body part is in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid, with parallel upper and lower bottom sides and two main body part side edges that are the waists of the isosceles trapezoid
  • the front panel is in the shape of a rectangle, with Top edge, bottom edge and two front panel sides, the height of the front panel is greater than the height of the main body part, the upper bottom edge of the main body part is located at the lower end of the top edge of the front panel, the main body part The lower bottom edge is located at the upper end of the bottom edge of the front panel, and the two guide rail units are respectively arranged on the sides of the main body along the sides of the main body.
  • the front panel is a touchable electronic screen or a mirror.
  • the swing arm unit and the slider unit are connected together by a pivot connection.
  • the guide rail unit is provided with a plurality of engagement holes
  • the slider unit is provided with an engagement pin that can be inserted into and removed from the engagement holes.
  • the fitness equipment of the present invention has the above-mentioned swing arm connection structure.
  • the fitness equipment includes a resistance source provided inside the main body part; a reel connected to the resistance source and wound with a rope; and a handle part provided at the front end of the swing arm unit; and a pulley block that guides the rope to the holding portion.
  • the pulley assembly includes a first fixed pulley provided inside the main body, a second fixed pulley provided on the top of the main body, and a third fixed pulley provided on the slider unit.
  • the fixed pulley, the second fixed pulley, the third fixed pulley and the fourth fixed pulley pass through the inside of the swing arm unit and are connected to the handle part through the wrist joint pulley.
  • the resistance source is an inner rotor motor, including a housing, a motor stator provided in the housing, and a motor rotor provided in the motor stator.
  • the winding disk is installed on The motor rotor.
  • the slider can slide along the guide rail, when the two sliders are located at the top position of the front panel, the two are in a close state, and the two sliders move toward the front panel. The bottom slides away and gradually separates. Therefore, when the two slide blocks are at the top position, the two slide blocks and the swing arm connected to the slide blocks can be completely stored in the back area of the fitness equipment.
  • the swing arm of the fitness equipment when the swing arm of the fitness equipment is in the stowed state and the user of the fitness equipment faces the front panel and looks at it, the swing arm and the slider are blocked by the front panel, and the swing arm cannot be seen at all.
  • the swing arm is hidden on the front panel. behind.
  • the swing arm connection structure can be completely hidden by simply using the front panel, making the design of the fitness equipment more integrated, more beautiful, and suitable for home use.
  • the height of the fitness equipment can be reduced, so the packaging size of the whole machine is smaller and the weight of the whole machine is lower, which makes transportation and installation easier. Easier.
  • the device is smaller in size, saves space and looks more beautiful.
  • the front panel uses a mirror display, the idle part of the swing arm is stored
  • the fitness equipment can be used as a mirror or display screen.
  • the slider can be positioned at multiple locations on the guide rail according to actual usage conditions, and can be used in pendulum applications according to various needs. Strength training with arms at different heights enables a variety of exercises to be performed with just one fitness equipment, which is easy to use.
  • the position of the rope needs to be a specified distance from the surrounding wall so that when the rope is pulled out corresponding to the training item, the end of the rope will not be disturbed , especially in the low and high positions, strength training requires the outlet end of the rope to cover a larger "outlet range".
  • the swing arm can adjust the height position up and down as the slider slides, the fitness equipment can be hung on the wall for use.
  • the swing arm can more easily meet the "outlet end range". As a result, the length of the swing arm can be made shorter, so that the torque endured by the connection will be smaller.
  • a wide range of fitness equipment can be realized on small-sized fitness equipment.
  • the coverage at the end of the swing arm can also suppress excessive joint torque caused by excessive length of the swing arm, reduce the space occupied by the home, and make the appearance more beautiful.
  • Figure 1 is a front view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in a stowed state
  • FIG 2 is a side view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1;
  • FIG 3 is a rear view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1;
  • Figure 4 is a rear perspective view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1;
  • FIG. 5 is a front view of the fitness equipment of the present invention when the swing arm unit is in an open state (a certain working state of the fitness equipment);
  • Figure 6 is a side view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 5;
  • FIGS. 7 to 9 are schematic diagrams of the process of the fitness equipment of the present invention from the stowed state to the swing arm unit in the open state.
  • Figs. 7 to 9 are perspective views showing the slider unit, The position and status of the swing arm unit and guide rail unit;
  • Figure 10 is a side view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in other situations when the swing arm unit is in an open state (another working state of the fitness equipment);
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of an example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention. Other parts are omitted in the figure and only the swing arm connection structure is shown;
  • Figure 12 is an exploded view of an example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of the internal structure of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the state shown in Figure 1 when viewed from above;
  • Figure 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of the state shown in Figure 13;
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of an example of the height adjustment part of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is an exploded view of another example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another example of the height adjustment part of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another example of the height adjustment portion shown in Figure 17 in a state where it is installed on the slider unit;
  • Figure 19 is an exploded view of another example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a top view of the swing arm connection structure shown in Figure 19 in the state shown in Figure 1 A schematic diagram showing the internal structure in perspective;
  • FIG. 22 is a front view showing the internal structure of the swing arm unit of the present invention in partial cross-section;
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the state in which the adjustment pin of the swing arm unit of the present invention is inserted into the bayonet of the adjustment pin fixing plate;
  • Figures 24(a) to (c) are schematic diagrams of the swing arm unit of the present invention performing angle adjustment in the vertical plane in the state shown in Figure 1, wherein (a) in Figure 24 shows that the adjustment pin is inserted into The state in the lowermost bayonet of the adjusting pin fixed plate. (b) in Figure 24 shows the state in which the adjusting pin is pulled out from the lowest bayonet of the adjusting pin fixed plate. (c) in Figure 24 shows the state in the lowermost bayonet of the adjusting pin fixed plate. After rotating the swing arm, insert the adjusting pin into the other bayonet of the adjusting pin fixing plate;
  • FIGS. 25(a) and (b) are internal schematic diagrams of the swing arm main body of the swing arm unit of the present invention, showing the locking and unlocking state of the adjusting pin and the adjusting pin fixing plate through the adjusting pin switch, wherein, Figure 25(a) shows the locked state of the adjusting pin and the adjusting pin fixed plate, and Figure 25(b) shows the unlocked state of the adjusting pin and the adjusting pin fixed plate;
  • Figure 26 is a perspective view of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention, showing its internal structure;
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the slider unit of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 28 is a perspective view of the elastic pulley module of the slider unit of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of the elastic pulley module of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention and the legs of the swing arm unit in the installed state;
  • Figure 31 is an exploded view of the overall structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figure 33 is a perspective view of an example of a motor as a resistance source in the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • Figures 1 to 4 show the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in a stowed state
  • Figure 1 is a front view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in a stowed state
  • Figure 2 is a front view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in a stowed state
  • Figure 3 is a side view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1.
  • Figure 3 is a rear view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1.
  • Figure 4 is a side view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1.
  • Figures 5 and 6 show the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in an open state (the working state of the fitness equipment F), wherein Figure 5 is a view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is a side view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 5.
  • Figures 7 to 9 are schematic diagrams of the process of the fitness equipment F of the present invention from the stowed state to the swing arm unit in the open state.
  • Figures 7 to 9 all show the slider in a perspective view.
  • the position and state of the unit 3, the swing arm unit 4 and the guide rail unit 5 are actually not visible when the user faces the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F (in addition, the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are shown in Figure 7 shows the storage state described later.
  • the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are shown in Figure 7 shows the storage state described later. In the state of Figure 7, when the user faces the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F, not only the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5, but also the swing arm unit 4 cannot be seen) .
  • the guide rail unit 5 is arranged on the back of the front panel 2
  • the guide rail unit 5 does not necessarily mean that the guide rail unit 5 must be close to the back of the front panel 2, but means that as long as the guide rail unit 5 is located on the front panel in terms of spatial position, 2 on the back.
  • the guide rail unit 5 may be provided on the back surface of the front panel 2 next to the back surface of the front panel 2 .
  • the guide rail unit 5 can also be disposed on the side of the main body 1.
  • the marked position of the slider unit 3 is just an example, and the slider unit 3 may be located in the housing 45 of the swing arm unit 4 to be described later. That is, the slider unit 3 can be stored and hidden within a part of the housing of the swing arm unit 4 without being visible.
  • both the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 5 are composed of multiple components.
  • the position marked in the figure represents the location of the slider unit 3, which does not necessarily mean that the component is the slider unit. Block unit 3.
  • the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4 (the swing arm 42 will be described later) is generally in a long strip shape, such as a rod shape.
  • this invention is not limited thereto, and may also be formed into a long strip with a rectangular cross-section, a long strip with other cross-sectional shapes, or other shapes.
  • the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 are connected.
  • the end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 is called the base end (the upper end of the swing arm unit 4 in Figure 2), and the end of the swing arm unit 4 opposite to the base end is called The other end (that is, the end of the swing arm unit 4 that is not connected to the slider unit 3, the lower end of the swing arm unit 4 in FIG. 2) is called the front end.
  • the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and the base end of the swing arm unit 4 refer to the two opposite ends of the swing arm unit 4 in the length direction thereof.
  • each guide rail unit 5 is provided with a slider unit 3 that can slide thereon, and each slider unit 3 is connected to a swing arm unit 4 respectively.
  • the slider unit 3, the swing arm unit 4 and the guide rail unit 5 on one side of the main body 1 are used as an example, and the description of the structure on the other side is omitted.
  • the slider unit 3, the swing arm unit 4 and the guide rail unit 5 located on one side are sometimes collectively referred to as the "swing arm connection structure".
  • the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F is centrally symmetrical with the center line L as the symmetry line, and the above-mentioned
  • the two swing arm connection structures are arranged symmetrically on the left and right sides of the fitness equipment F relative to the center line L.
  • the fitness equipment F in the state shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 is taken as an example, and the side of the fitness equipment F (front panel 2) facing the user is called “front or side”.
  • “Front” the side facing the reader in Figure 1, the right side in Figure 2)
  • the side opposite to the "front” is called the “back or reverse side” (the side opposite to the side where the front panel 2 is located in Figure 2, That is the left side in Figure 2).
  • the left hand side when the user faces the fitness equipment F is called the "left side” (the left side in the front view of FIG. 1 and the right side in the rear view of FIG. 3 ).
  • the right-hand side is called the "right side” (the right side in the front view of Figure 1 and the left side in the rear view of Figure 3).
  • the up-and-down direction may be called the "height direction of the fitness equipment” and the left-right direction may be called the “width direction of the fitness equipment.”
  • the left-right direction may be called “the thickness direction of the fitness equipment” or “the depth direction of the fitness equipment” or “the front-rear direction of the fitness equipment.”
  • these descriptions about direction and orientation are only set for the convenience of explaining the relative positional relationship between the components of the fitness equipment F of the present invention. If the posture of the fitness equipment F changes, the orientation The terminology has of course changed accordingly.
  • a power source as a resistance source in the present invention, for example, the motor 6 is used as an example
  • a winding around which the rope R is wound are usually provided inside the main body 1 Disk 7, a resistance transmission mechanism of the winding disk 7 that can transmit the resistance generated by the motor 6 as a source of resistance, etc.
  • the rope R on the reel 7 is passed through the inside of the swing arm unit 4 through the index of the pulley or pulley group inside the main body 1 and passes out from the swing arm unit 4 and is connected with the swing arm unit.
  • the exercise unit at the front end of 4 is connected to, for example, a grip portion or a handle portion for the user to hold.
  • the reel 7 is installed on the motor 6.
  • the motor 6 rotates, the reel 7 also rotates.
  • the rotation direction of the motor 6 is a direction in which the rope R can be wound, the rope R can be wound.
  • a winding force is applied to the winding reel 7.
  • an external force pulls the rope R
  • a pulling force is applied to the rope R to be pulled out from the reel 7. Therefore, the user of the fitness equipment F
  • the motor 6 can also rotate in the opposite direction to the above-mentioned rotation direction. At this time, if the rope R is not subject to other external forces, the rope R is in a state of being hung loosely on the reel 7 .
  • the bobbin 7 is attached to the motor 6 and the rope wound around the bobbin 7
  • the direction of the rope R becomes upward along the side of the main body 1, and then passes through the second fixed pulley d2 located at the top of the main body 1 to be adjusted to Downward along the length direction of the guide rail unit 5, and then through the third fixed pulley d3 of the slider unit 3 and the fourth fixed pulley d4 of the swing arm unit 4, and enters the swing arm unit 4, where the third fixed pulley d3
  • the rope R between the fourth fixed pulley d4 and the rotation axis of the swing arm unit 4 (the swing arm unit 4 rotates up and down around the slider unit 3 with the slider unit 3 as the center in Figure 10
  • the rotation axis) is coaxial to ensure that when the swing arm unit 4 rotates, the
  • the rope R between the second fixed pulley d2 and the third fixed pulley d3 is parallel to the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, ensuring that when the slider unit 3 moves on the guide rail unit 5, the rope R always remains in contact with the second fixed pulley d2 and the second fixed pulley d3.
  • the third fixed pulley d3 is coplanar and tangent.
  • the rope R after the rope R passes through the fourth fixed pulley d4 of the swing arm unit 4 and enters the swing arm unit 4 , the rope R further passes through the wrist joint pulley d5 ( The figure shows two wrist joint pulleys d5, which sandwich the rope R) and Pass out the swing arm unit 4, and the end of the rope R after passing through the swing arm unit 4 is used as the rope outlet end (described later).
  • the front end of the swing arm unit 4 it can be connected with other unit components such as the grip part or the handle part as needed. or other unit connections. Therefore, when the motor 6 is running and the rotation direction is a direction in which the rope R can be wound, the winding force of the rope R is applied to the winding reel 7.
  • the resistance transmission mechanism a planetary differential gear, a bevel gear set, or any other mechanism that can transmit resistance can be used. There is no particular restriction on this, as long as the resistance generated by the motor 6 as the resistance source can be transmitted to the winding. Just plate 7.
  • the winding reel 7 may be directly attached to the motor 6 as the resistance source without providing a resistance transmission mechanism, and this is not particularly limited.
  • the inner rotor motor M shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 can be used as the motor 6 as the resistance source or the power source.
  • the inner rotor motor M mainly includes: a casing M1, a motor stator M2, and a motor rotor M3.
  • the motor rotor M3 is disposed in the motor stator M2, and the motor rotor M3 has as Center shaft of rotor shaft M4.
  • the above-mentioned winding disk 7 is also installed on the motor rotor M3.
  • the housing M1 can accommodate the motor stator M2, the motor rotor M3 and the winding reel 7 inside.
  • the winding disk 7 is laminated and fixed on the motor rotor M3 in a coaxial manner with the motor rotor M3 in the axial direction of the rotor shaft M4 , and the housing H disposes the motor stator M2 and the motor rotor M3 .
  • the motor rotor M3 inside the motor stator M2 and the winding disk 7 coaxially stacked and fixed on the motor rotor M3 are housed inside. That is, the motor rotor M3, the rotor shaft M4, and the winding disk 7 are fixed together to form an integrated structure and can rotate about the central axis together, and are housed in the casing M1 together with the motor stator M2.
  • the housing M1 is formed of an upper end cap M5 and a lower end cap M6.
  • the upper end cap M5 and the lower end cap M6 are roughly cup-shaped (concave-shaped).
  • the covers M6 are fastened together to form the housing M1, thereby forming a storage space between the upper end cover M5 and the lower end cover M6.
  • the motor stator M2, the motor rotor M3, the rotor shaft M4, the winding disk 7 and other components are all stored in this storage space.
  • the two ends of the rotor shaft M4 as the central axis are respectively fixed to the upper end cover M5 and the lower end cover M6 through bearings, and one end is also connected to an external resistance source, thereby functioning as a resistance input shaft.
  • the above-mentioned rope R is also wound around the reel 7, and the casing M1 is provided with a pull-out port (not shown) for the rope R, so that the rope R can be pulled out from the casing M1 to operate the resistance mechanism to perform exercise, etc. .
  • the bobbin 7 can be formed into a cylindrical shape and the rope R can be directly wound around its outer periphery.
  • the reel 7 may be formed into a flange.
  • the above-mentioned inner rotor motor M is only an example of the motor 6 as the resistance source or power source of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and various other types of motors can also be used.
  • an external rotor motor a motor provided with a planetary gear transmission set, a motor provided with a bevel gear set, or a motor provided with other resistance transmission mechanisms may also be used.
  • an inner-rotor motor mount the winding disk directly on the motor and store it in the casing as shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 .
  • the present invention mainly relates to the swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, in the following description and drawings, the description of the motor 6, the coil reel 7, the rope R and other structures as the resistance source are sometimes omitted, and only the structure of the The details related to the swing arm connection structure will be explained in detail.
  • the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F is placed in a vertical state, and a swing arm connection structure (slider) is provided on the left and right sides of the fitness equipment F in a symmetrical manner with respect to the center line L.
  • a swing arm connection structure sliding
  • unit 3 swing arm unit 4, and guide rail unit 5
  • the front panel 2 can be an ordinary plate such as an ordinary plastic plate or high-hardness plastic, but can also be a display panel and an operation panel (such as a liquid crystal display, a touch panel, etc.), or It is a structure in which a display screen and an operation screen are installed on the plate.
  • the front panel 2 can also display fitness tutorial videos or play entertainment programs, etc.
  • the front panel 2 can also be made into a mirror or a mirror display device with a display operation function, so that users of the fitness equipment can observe their own exercise movements and operate them at any time.
  • the swing arm unit 4 when the swing arm unit 4 is in the stowed state, if the front panel 2 is made into a mirror or mirror display, the swing arm unit 4 (rear panel 2) cannot be seen. (described above), so the entire fitness equipment F is mirror-like in appearance and can be used as a mirror or a display device. Even when it is not powered on, it can also be used temporarily as a mirror such as a fitting mirror. This means that when the equipment is placed in an ordinary residence, it will not be out of tune with ordinary household equipment and will not damage the overall aesthetics of the room.
  • the fact that the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F is in the stowed state means: as shown in the front view of FIG. 1 and the exploded view of FIG. 31 ,
  • the front length and width of the front panel 2 are larger than the front length and width of the main body 1 (the plane size of the front panel can basically cover the plane size of the main body).
  • the stored state refers to a state in which the swing arm unit 4 is hidden on the back surface of the front panel 2 .
  • the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F is in a working state means that, as described later, the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail unit 5 to a state where the exerciser can exercise through the swing arm unit 4, for example, as shown in Figure 5
  • the base ends of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are shown to be located at the lower end of the guide rail unit 5 (the bottom of the fitness equipment F), or the base ends of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are located as shown in Figure 10
  • the so-called “up and down direction” is not limited to the vertical up and down (vertical up and down) in the geometric sense, but also includes, for example, a slight inclination at a certain angle with respect to the vertical direction.
  • "arranging the guide rail units 5 on the left and right sides of the main body 1" is not limited to arranging the guide rail units 5 immediately adjacent to both sides of the main body 1, as long as the guide rail units 5 are located on the main body in terms of spatial position. Just the left and right sides of 1.
  • the guide rail unit 5 may be disposed on both sides of the main body 1 but at a certain distance from the left and right sides of the main body 1 as needed, or the guide rail unit 5 may be disposed in the thickness direction of the fitness equipment F.
  • the positions on the left and right sides of the back of the main body 1 (for example, the front panel 2, the main body 1, and the guide rail unit 5 are stacked in order from the front to the back along the thickness direction of the fitness equipment F). That is, in the present invention, the specific installation position of the guide rail unit 5 is not limited, as long as there is an included angle between the guide rail units 5 on both sides.
  • the extending direction of the guide rail unit 5 is actually the sliding direction when the slider unit 3 slides thereon.
  • the main body 1 is roughly in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid (for example, refer to Figure 3 of the rear view or Figure 31 of the exploded view), and the guide rail units 5 are respectively along both sides of the main body 1
  • the sides for example, the left and right sides of the main body 1 as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid in FIG. 3
  • the extension direction of the guide rail unit 5 is actually substantially along the extension direction of the side of the isosceles trapezoidal main body part 1 .
  • the two sides of the main body 1 are used as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid, the two sides are formed to have an included angle relative to each other. Therefore, the guide rail units 5 provided on the left and right sides of the main body 1 also have an included angle. angle. In other words, the guide rail units 5 provided on both sides of the main body 1 are not parallel and tend to intersect in the extending direction.
  • the two sides of the main body 1 are centrally symmetrical with respect to the center line L (for example, similar to the two waists of an isosceles trapezoid), so the specific shape of the main body is not specifically limited. From the perspective of stability and storageability of the fitness equipment, it is preferable that the main body 1 is roughly in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid as shown in FIG. 31 .
  • the guide rail units 5 do not have to be arranged along both sides of the main body 1 , as long as the two guide rail units 5 are not parallel in the extending direction.
  • the guide rail units 5 can also be disposed on the back of the main body 1. (the main body 1 and the guide rail unit 5 are arranged in sequence along the thickness direction of the fitness equipment F, so that the guide rail unit 5 is located on the back of the main body 1 and on both sides), this is not limited.
  • the included angle between the left and right guide rail units 5 means that, for example, the guide rail units 5 provided on the left and right sides of the main body 1 are relative to each other.
  • the side edges of the front panel 2 on one side (the first side edge 21 and the second side edge 22 of the front panel 2 in FIGS. 1, 3, and 9) have a predetermined angle.
  • the extending directions of the two guide rail units 5 are not parallel, and the extending directions of the two guide rail units 5 tend to cross as they go upwards of the main body 1 . (crossing in the extending direction), there is an included angle between the two guide rail units 5 .
  • the area enclosed by the two guide rail units 5 and the top edge 23 and the bottom edge 24 of the main body 1 is roughly an isosceles trapezoid, and the waist width becomes narrower as it goes upward (the extension direction of the two guide rail units 5 increases with the direction).
  • the upper part of the main body 1 has a tendency to cross).
  • the so-called “intersection” or “intersection” means that the two guide rail units 5 have a tendency to intersect (for example, the extension lines of the guide rail units intersect in the extension direction), and does not specifically mean that there is an actual intersection.
  • the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can be Covered by front panel 2.
  • the user cannot see the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 stored in the first storage area A and the second storage area B when facing the front panel 2, so that the user can separate the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit. 4 is hidden on the back of the front panel 2.
  • the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 can be completely stored in the fitness equipment F (
  • the storage area on the back of the front panel 2) can completely hide the swing arm connection structure in the storage state, which can make the design of the fitness equipment F more integrated.
  • the fitness equipment F is idle and in the storage state, it can The overall appearance is more beautiful, suitable for placement in ordinary homes, and will not be out of place with other furniture.
  • the swing arm connection structure does not protrude to the side at all and is hidden behind the front panel 2, the appearance is neater and the body is smaller, thereby making the appearance more beautiful.
  • the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 gradually separate as they go toward the bottom edge 24 of the front panel 2 (the bottom of the fitness equipment F). Therefore, when you want to use the fitness equipment F for exercise, as shown in Figures 7 to 9, you only need to slide the slider unit 3 downward along the arrow direction so that the slider unit 3 slides downward along the guide rail unit 5. Then the slider unit 3 will move from a large area to a small area in the storage area on the back of the front panel 2 as the two guide rail units 5 are gradually separated (in FIGS.
  • FIGS. 7 to 9 show a situation in which the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail unit 5 to the lowermost end of the guide rail unit 5 (the lowermost end of the fitness equipment F). At this time, it can be applied to training movements such as squats and deadlifts, for example.
  • the slider unit 3 can also be slid to the middle position of the guide rail unit 5 and fixed there to adapt to other Types of exercise programs, such as high pull-ups, tricep presses and other training actions.
  • the swing arm unit 4 is connected to the slider unit 3.
  • a pivot connection structure or other connection methods may be used.
  • the swing arm unit 4 has an adjustable height relative to the slider unit 3 in the horizontal plane.
  • the swing arm unit 4 can also be connected rotatably relative to the slider unit 3 in the horizontal plane according to the functional requirements of the fitness equipment.
  • the swing arm unit 4 can also be connected to the slider unit 3 in a horizontal plane. Fixed connection, no special restrictions on this.
  • FIGS. 12 and 13 a specific example of the connection between the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 will be briefly described.
  • Figure 12 is an exploded view of an example of the connection between the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 in the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment F of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is an internal structure of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment F of the present invention.
  • the slider unit 3 includes a slider 31 and a slider fixing base 32 that fixes the slider 31 thereon.
  • the swing arm unit 4 includes a swing arm fixing base 41, a swing arm 42 provided on the swing arm fixing base 41, and an optical axis 43.
  • the guide rail unit 5 includes a support base 51 and a guide rail 52 provided on the support base 51 .
  • the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 can slide along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 including the slider 31 and the slider fixing base 32 fixed thereto can slide along the guide rail of the guide rail unit 5 . 52 slides.
  • the swing arm fixed seat 41 is connected to the slider fixed seat 32 via the optical axis 43.
  • the optical axis 43 plays a role similar to a pivot.
  • the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 are connected to each other.
  • the overall structure is pivotally connected (hinged), so that the swing arm fixing seat 41 and the slider fixing seat 32 can have a tendency to pivot relative to each other.
  • the swing arm fixing seat 41 and the slider fixing seat 32 are connected via The pivotal connection of the optical axis 43 does not necessarily require the two to rotate as long as there is a tendency to rotate (described later), but the optical axis 43 may also pivot.
  • 41. Set the shaft sleeve (or fixed hoop 47) and insert the optical shaft 43 into the shaft sleeve (or fixed hoop 47) to secure the swing arm fixed base through the combination of the optical shaft 43 and the shaft sleeve (or fixed hoop 47).
  • 41 is connected to the slider fixing base 32.
  • the optical axis 43 can also be installed and fixed by providing bearings on the swing arm fixing base 41 and/or the slider fixing base 32 to realize the connection between the swing arm fixing base 41 and the slider fixing base 32.
  • the connection of the slider holder 32 is not particularly limited.
  • the optical axis 43 is an independent component independent of the slider fixing base 32 and the swing arm fixing base 41 , but it is not limited to this, and the optical axis 43 can also be set to be fixed.
  • the method of fixing the two by providing a sleeve or bearing on either the slider holder 32 or the swing arm holder 41 and inserting the optical axis 43 into it on the other side (Fig. 12 or Fig. 16) is as long as it can be realized
  • the pivotal connection between the slider fixing base 32 and the swing arm fixing base 41 is not particularly limited.
  • the present invention it is preferable to provide sleeves/bearings/fixing hoops corresponding to both ends of the optical axis 43 on the slider holder 32 and the swing arm holder 41 respectively, and insert the optical axis into each sleeve/ The bearing/fixed hoop is used to connect the slider holder 32 and the swing arm holder 41.
  • it is more preferable to fix the optical axis 43 to the swing arm fixing base 41 (for example, referring to FIG. 12 or FIG. 16 , the optical axis 43 and the swing arm fixing base 41 are integrated), and the two ends of the optical axis 43 are placed on the slider.
  • the fixed seat 32 is provided with a bearing or a sleeve or a fixed hoop, and the optical axis 43 is inserted into the bearing, axle sleeve or a fixed hoop to realize the relative pivot connection between the slider fixed seat 32 and the swing arm fixed seat 41 .
  • the entire guide rail unit 5 is attached to the side surface of the main body 1.
  • a guide rail 52 fixed on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5, so that the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, so that the entire slider unit 3 moves along the guide rail. 52 slides, and the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 also slides along the guide rail 52, thereby realizing the movement of the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 along the guide rail 52 in the substantially up and down direction.
  • the position of the slider unit 3 in the height direction can be adjusted according to exercise items and different users, thereby adjusting the swing arm unit.
  • the insertion and combination of the latch pins and latch hole holes are used to fix the slider unit 3 to the guide rail unit 5.
  • the block unit 3 is fixed at a predetermined position on the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 to achieve fixing (locking) of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the positioning of the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 is released by relatively separating the latch and the latch hole, thereby releasing the sliding movement.
  • the locking between the block unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 enables the slider unit 3 to slide along the guide rail unit 5 to drive the swing arm unit 4 thereon to move.
  • a plurality of latch holes (engagement holes) 54 are provided in the support base 51 along the length direction of the guide rail 52 .
  • the intervals between the plurality of latch holes 54 may be equal, or they may be arranged at specific positions on the support base 51 according to the required height of the slider unit 3 for specific exercise items.
  • the latch hole 54 is provided in the support base 51 as an example.
  • the latch hole 54 may be disposed directly on the guide rail 52 instead of the support base 51 . .
  • a height position sensor 55 may also be provided along the length direction of the guide rail 52 .
  • the height position sensor 55 By providing the height position sensor 55 , the height of the slider unit 3 (or slider 31 ) can be detected. Location.
  • the height position sensor 55 there is no limit to the height position sensor 55.
  • a photosensitive sensor or a pressure sensor can be used.
  • the height position sensor 55 can be used. It is not limited.
  • the slider can also be obtained by detecting the base end of the swing arm unit 4.
  • the height position of the block unit 3 is not limited.
  • latch (engagement pin) 343 that can be inserted into the latch hole 54 is provided inside.
  • the fixation (locking) of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 can be released by simply pulling out the latch 343 from the latch hole 54 , the slider unit 3 returns to a state in which it can slide on the guide rail unit 5. At this time, the user only needs to push the slider 3 to slide the slider unit 3 to the required height position, and insert the latch 343 again.
  • the slider unit 3 can be fixed relative to the guide rail unit 5 by entering the latch hole 54 .
  • the height adjustment part 34 can pull out the latch 343 from the latch hole 54 .
  • the height adjustment part 34 mainly includes: a connecting rod 342 that is generally in the shape of a long rod; an adjustment handle 341 fixedly installed on the upper end of the connecting rod 342 (upper in the up-down direction in FIG. 15 ); The latch installation part 346 at the midway position of the connecting rod 342; the fixing part 344 provided at the lower end of the connecting rod 342; and the latch installation part 346 provided relative to the latch installed on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5.
  • the hole 54 allows the plug 343 (engagement pin) to be inserted and removed.
  • the connecting rod 342 is generally linear in shape and is arranged along the up and down direction.
  • the adjusting handle 341 is fixedly provided on the upper end of the connecting rod 342, and the upper end of the connecting rod 342
  • the adjustment handle 341 can be exposed from above.
  • the adjustment handle 341 can be exposed from the opening 46 opened in the housing 45 of the swing arm unit 4 .
  • a latch mounting portion 346 is provided at a midway position of the connecting rod 342, and the latch 343 can be mounted on the latch mounting portion 346.
  • the method of installing the latch 343 on the latch mounting portion 346 for example, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 and FIG.
  • the latch 343 can be fixed in the length direction of the connecting rod 342 ( 15 ) in a substantially vertical manner.
  • the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52) and connecting rod 342 as a whole
  • the latch 343 extends substantially linearly along the up and down direction, and the latch 343 is approximately perpendicular to the length direction of the connecting rod 342 . Therefore, the latch 343 is also approximately perpendicular to the guide rail 52 (guide rail unit 5 ), and the latch 343 faces the insertion direction of the latch hole 54 It is also substantially perpendicular to the guide rail 52 (guide rail unit 5).
  • the fixed portion 344 of the connecting rod 342 is rotatably fixed to the inner lower end of the slider unit 3 through a pivot, a hinge, or other structures. That is, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 , the height adjustment part 34 as a whole can rotate around the fixed part 344 with the fixed part 344 as the axis (actually, specifically, it can rotate with the pin etc. fixing the fixed part 344 as the axis. ). At this time, when the height adjustment part 34 as a whole rotates with the fixed part 344 as the axis, the insertion and extraction of the latch 343 with respect to the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 can be realized, so that the slider unit 3 can be realized with respect to the guide rail unit. 5 is fixed and released, thereby adjusting and positioning the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 connected thereto.
  • the user when the user needs to adjust the height position of the swing arm unit 4, the user only needs to hold the adjustment handle 341 of the height adjustment part 34 with his hand, and adjust the height position in the counterclockwise direction in the state shown in Figure 15.
  • the adjustment handle 341 exerts force
  • the height adjustment part 34 can rotate in the counterclockwise direction with the fixed part 344 as the axis, thereby driving the latch 343 provided on the connecting rod 342 to move to the left side in FIG. 14 , causing the latch 343 Pull it out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the latch 343 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5
  • the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are in a state where the slider unit 3 can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5.
  • a spring member 345 such as a coil spring may be provided in the center of which the latch 343 can be inserted.
  • the latch 343 by arranging the latch 343 to have a stepped flange portion (for example, a shape similar to a bolt head) and setting the diameter of the flange portion of the latch 343 to be larger than that of the latch 343 .
  • the diameter of the spring member 345 of the coil spring is such that the spring member 345 can be held between the flange portion of the latch 343 (the left end of the flange portion of the latch 343 in FIG. 15 ) and the housing of the slider unit 3 (such as the slider holder).
  • the spring member 345 is in a compressed state, so that the thrust exerted on the latch 343 when the spring member 345 abuts the flange portion of the latch 343 can be utilized.
  • the spring member 345 can be further compressed at this time, so that when the slider unit 3 slides to a prescribed height position, the spring member 345 can be used
  • the elastic restoring force assists the user to operate the height adjustment portion 34 to reinsert the latch 343 into the latch hole 54 to position the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the above setting of the spring member 345 is only an example.
  • the contact positions of both ends of the spring member 345 can also be changed, the compression and tension conditions in each state can also be changed, or one end of the spring member 345 can be fixed on on other parts.
  • the spring member 345 is preferably set so that when the latch 343 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, it can lock the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 relative to each other.
  • the latch 343 is pulled out from the latch hole 54, After being pulled out and inserted into other latch holes 54 again, it can play a role of assisting insertion.
  • the connecting rod 342 can be a long rod with a rectangular cross-section or a circular cross-section, taking into account the installation and fixation of the latch 343 relative to the latch mounting part 346 and the fixing part 344. It is rotatable and fixed. It is preferable to set the connecting rod 342 in a concave (groove-shaped, U-shaped) cross-section, so that the latch 343 and the fixing part 344 can be easily installed and fixed by using components such as a plug shaft or a bolt. In addition, considering factors such as the smoothness of the latch 343 being inserted into the latch hole 54, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 or the later-described FIG. ) Install the latch 343 to the latch installation part 346 with a certain deviation margin, so that the latch 343 can be inserted and removed from the latch hole 54 more smoothly when the height adjustment part 34 is operated.
  • the upper end of the connecting rod 342 is formed in a bent shape, so that the entire connecting rod 342 is generally L-shaped, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the connecting rod 342 may be formed into other shapes.
  • Method 1 the case of manually inserting and removing the latch relative to the latch hole to adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 is explained as an example.
  • this method The invention is not limited to this, and other methods can also be used to insert and remove the plug relative to the plug hole.
  • a motor and a cam structure can be used to automatically align the slider unit 3 with the guide rail unit 5. The height position of block unit 3 is adjusted.
  • the slider unit 3 is provided with a height adjustment portion 35 capable of inserting the latch 353 into the latch hole 54 and extracting the latch 353 from the latch hole 54 .
  • the adjustment part 35 mainly includes: a connecting rod 352 that is generally in the shape of a long rod; a cam contact part 351 fixedly installed on the upper end of the connecting rod 352 (upper part in the up-down direction of FIGS. 17 and 18 ); The latch mounting part 358 at the midway position; the fixing part 354 provided at the lower end of the connecting rod 352; and the latch mounting part 358 is capable of being inserted and removed from the latch hole 54 provided on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5
  • the latch 353 (latching pin).
  • the connecting rod 352 is substantially straight as a whole and is arranged along the up and down direction.
  • an adjustment handle is not provided, but a cam contact portion 351 is fixedly provided at the upper end of the connecting rod 352 .
  • a latch mounting portion 358 is also provided at a midway position of the connecting rod 352, and the latch 353 can be mounted on the latch mounting portion 358. The method of installing the latch 353 on the latch mounting portion 358 is roughly the same as the above-mentioned "Method 1".
  • the latch 353 can be fixed relative to the connection by using a plug shaft fixation method.
  • the length direction of the rod 352 (the up-and-down direction in FIGS. 17 and 18 ) is substantially vertical, and the latch 353 is installed on the latch mounting portion 358 .
  • the height adjustment portion 35 is installed on
  • the guide rail unit 5 guide rail 52
  • the connecting rod 352 extend in a substantially straight line in the up and down direction as a whole
  • the latch 353 is approximately perpendicular to the length direction of the connecting rod 352, so the latch 353 is relative to the guide rail.
  • 52 (rail unit 5) is also substantially vertical
  • the insertion direction of the latch 353 into the latch hole 54 is also substantially perpendicular to the guide rail 52 (rail unit 5).
  • the height adjustment part 35 includes a motor 356 with a rotating shaft and a cam fixedly connected to the rotating shaft of the motor 356 355.
  • the cam surface of the cam 355 of the height adjustment portion 35 in this mode can contact the cam contact portion 351.
  • the cam 355 also rotates.
  • the cam contacts When the contact position between the portion 351 and the cam 355 gradually moves from the position where the cam surface of the cam 355 is lower to the position where the cam surface is higher, the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 will move against the cam in contact with it.
  • the contact portion 351 exerts a force so that the cam contact portion 351 can be pushed away from the guide rail unit 5 (to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), so that the height adjustment portion 35 can be adjusted as a whole.
  • the fixed portion 354 rotates about its axis (in FIGS. 17 and 18 , for example, it rotates counterclockwise about the fixed portion 354 ), thereby driving the latch 353 installed on the latch mounting portion 358 to move away from the guide rail unit 5
  • the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 is pulled out, and the latch 353 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, thereby realizing the release of the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5.
  • the cam 355 does not apply force to the cam contact portion 351 in contact with it, so that the cam contact portion 351 can return toward the guide rail unit 5 (pushed to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), That is, the height adjustment portion 35 can be rotated as a whole with the fixing portion 354 as the axis (in FIGS. 17 and 18 , for example, in the clockwise direction with the fixation portion 354 as the axis), thereby being able to drive the installation on the latch mounting device.
  • the latch 353 of the portion 358 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 to realize the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the height adjustment portion 35 is further provided with a spring member 357 such as a coil spring into the center of which the latch 353 can be inserted.
  • the latch 353 by arranging the latch 353 to have a stepped flange portion (for example, a shape similar to a bolt head) and setting the diameter of the flange portion of the latch 353 To be larger than the diameter of the spring member 357 as a coil spring, the spring member 357 can be held between the flange portion of the latch 353 (the left end of the flange portion of the latch 353 in FIG. between the block holders 32) without falling.
  • the spring member 357 is in a compressed state, so that the spring member 357 can be used to abut the latch 353.
  • the flange portion exerts a thrust force on the latch 353 to lock the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the spring member 357 can be further compressed at this time, so that when the slider unit 3 slides to a prescribed height position, the spring member 357 can be used With the elastic restoring force, the latch 343 is re-inserted into the latch hole 54 to position the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the above setting of the spring member 357 is only an example.
  • the contact positions of both ends of the spring member 357 can also be changed, the compression and tension conditions in each state can also be changed, or one end of the spring member 357 can be fixed on on other parts.
  • the spring member 357 is preferably set so that when the latch 353 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, it can lock the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 relative to each other. When the latch 353 is pulled out from the latch hole 54, After being pulled out and inserted into other latch holes 54 again, it can play a role of assisting insertion.
  • the cam The contact position between the contact portion 351 and the cam 355 is a position where the height of the cam surface is low. At this time, the cam surface of the cam 355 does not exert any force on the cam contact portion 351 (or the cam surface of the cam 355 only contacts the cam The height adjustment portion 351 exerts a small force, which is not enough to rotate the height adjustment portion 35).
  • the motor 356 of the height adjustment part 35 is first started to rotate the cam 355. As the cam 355 rotates, the contact position of the cam contact part 351 changes from the cam surface to the position of the cam contact part 351.
  • the lower height position of the cam surface gradually reaches the higher height position of the cam surface, so that the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 can be used to exert force on the cam contact portion 351 that is in contact with it, and further resist the spring member 357 Compressing it pushes the cam contact portion 351 away from the guide rail unit 5 (to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), so that the height adjustment portion 35 as a whole can be adjusted with the fixed portion 354 as the axis.
  • Rotate for example, rotate in the counterclockwise direction with the fixed portion 354 as the axis in FIGS.
  • the motor 356 is restarted to further rotate (or reversely rotate) the cam 355 so that the contact position between the cam contact portion 351 and the cam 355 is shifted from the cam surface.
  • the higher height position gradually returns to the lower height position of the cam surface.
  • the spring member 357 needs to be restored to its previous state, so that the spring member 357 can be used to drive the entire height adjustment portion 35 to rotate with the fixed portion 354 as the axis in the opposite direction (clockwise in Figures 17 and 18 ).
  • the connecting rod 352 can be a long rod with a rectangular cross-section or a circular cross-section.
  • the connecting rod 352 it is preferable to set the connecting rod 352 in a concave (groove-shaped, U-shaped) cross-section, so as to facilitate the installation of the latch 353 and the fixing part 354 using components such as a plug shaft or a bolt. fixed.
  • the smoothness of the latch 353 being inserted into the latch hole 54 as shown in FIG.
  • a control part or a control unit (not shown) and a button may be further provided.
  • the bottom part and the button are electrically connected, and the user does not need to hold, for example, an adjustment handle, etc. with his hands to operate, and can control the insertion and extraction of the latch relative to the latch hole through simple touch control, thereby realizing the relative position of the slider unit 3 Fixing and releasing of the guide rail unit 5.
  • a control unit or the control unit for example, a computer with a CPU may be used, but the invention is not limited thereto.
  • a height position sensor 54 is also provided along the length direction of the guide rail 52, Therefore, the height position of the slider unit 3 can be automatically detected by the height position sensor 54, and the height of the swing arm unit 4 can be automatically adjusted in combination with the motor 6 as a resistance source.
  • the main body 1 is also provided with components such as a computer with a CPU as a control unit and a memory (such as a hard disk, RAM, ROM and EEPROM) storing data and programs, which will be used as a touch electronic screen or
  • a computer with a CPU as a control unit and a memory (such as a hard disk, RAM, ROM and EEPROM) storing data and programs, which will be used as a touch electronic screen or
  • the front panel 2 formed of an operation panel serves as an operation interface that the user can operate, and electrically connects components such as the resistance source motor 6 and the motor 356 of the height adjustment section 35 with the control section, the operation interface, the height position sensor 55 and the like.
  • the control part controls the height position sensor 55 to detect the current position of the slider unit 3, obtain the current height position information of the slider unit 3, and store it in the memory.
  • control unit compares the target height position information set by the user with the existing height position information detected by the height position sensor 55 to obtain the corresponding relationship between the current height position and the target height position of the slider unit 3 , for example, the current height position of the slider unit 3 is higher than the target height position or the current height position of the slider unit 3 is lower than the target height position, etc.
  • control unit controls the height adjustment unit to release the locked state so that the slider unit 3 can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the control unit controls the height adjustment unit 35 to rotate the motor 356 of the height adjustment unit 35 to rotate the cam 355 fixed on the rotating shaft of the motor 356.
  • the cam contact portion 351 in contact with the cam 355 follows the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 and moves linearly.
  • the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 A force is exerted on the cam contact portion 351 that is in contact with it, so that the cam contact portion 351 can be pushed away from the guide rail unit 5 (to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), thereby increasing the height of the cam contact portion 351 .
  • the adjusting part 35 can rotate as a whole with the fixed part 354 as the axis (in FIGS.
  • the height adjustment unit releases the locked state and brings the slider unit 3 into a state in which it can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the control part stops the side to maintain the state in which the slider unit 3 can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the control unit controls the resistance source motor 6 to rotate in the direction of winding the rope R around the reel 7 (in Fig.
  • the resistance source motor 6 marked with a mark on the relatively lower side rotates in the counterclockwise direction, and the resistance source motor 6 on the relatively upper side without a mark rotates in the clockwise direction), so that the holding portion (not shown in the figure) connected to the rope R, 32 ) is pulled upward by the rope R to contact the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and further drive the slider unit 4 connected to the base end of the swing arm unit 4 to slide upward along the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the correspondence between the current height position and the target height position of the slider unit 3 is based on a comparison between the target height position information set by the user and the existing height position information detected by the height position sensor 55 . relationship, when it is determined that the slider unit 3 needs to be lowered, as shown in FIG.
  • the control unit controls the resistance source motor 6 to unwind the rope R wound on the reel 7 along the path of the reel 7 .
  • direction of rotation in Figure 32, the resistance source motor 6 with a label located on the relatively lower side rotates in the clockwise direction, and the resistance source motor 6 with no label located on the relatively upper side rotates in the counterclockwise direction), so that the resistance source motor 6 located on the relatively lower side rotates in the counterclockwise direction), so that the resistance source motor 6 located on the relatively lower side rotates in the counterclockwise direction.
  • the handle portion (not shown) on the front end side of the swing arm unit 4 drops with its own weight, so that the swing arm unit 4 no longer receives the upward force exerted by the handle portion in contact with the front end portion of the swing arm unit 4, so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can also slide downward along the guide rail unit 5 by their own weight.
  • the motor 356 of the height adjustment part 35 is controlled to restart and rotate further (the motor 356 of the height adjustment part 35 may also be controlled). Reverse rotation), so that the cam 355 fixed on the rotating shaft of the motor 356 rotates again.
  • the cam contact portion 351 in contact with the cam 355 follows the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 and moves linearly.
  • the height adjustment of the slider unit 3 is finally completed.
  • the user only needs to set the desired height position information without cumbersome adjustment operations.
  • the user can cleverly use the resistance source motor and the connection position relationship between various components to automatically adjust the slider unit 3 Adjust the height position.
  • adjusting the height position of the slider unit 3 actually means adjusting the height position of the base end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3, thereby adjusting the height of the swing arm unit 4. Adjust the position.
  • a worm latch can also be used as the latch and coupled with a motor to realize automatic insertion and extraction of the worm latch relative to the latch hole. .
  • the slider unit 3 is provided with a height adjustment portion 36 capable of inserting the worm pin 361 into the pin hole 54 and extracting the worm pin 361 from the pin hole 54 .
  • the height adjustment part 36 mainly includes: a worm pin 361 with helical teeth 366 on part of the surface; a motor 363 with a rotating shaft; and a helical tooth 366 fixed on the motor shaft that can be connected to the worm pin 361. Meshing gears 362.
  • the worm latch 361 is rotatably fixed to the slider fixing seat of the slider unit 3 and/or the swing arm unit 4 using a worm bearing 364, a worm fixing member 365, etc.
  • the swing arm fixed seat, and the helical teeth 366 of the worm pin 361 always remain in mesh with the gear 362 on the rotating shaft of the motor 363, and there is no part of the helical teeth 366 (such as the insertion part on the right side of the helical teeth 366 in Figure 19 367) can be inserted into the latch hole 54 as a fixing pin.
  • the motor 363 is also connected to a control switch and a control switch not shown in the figure. Control and other electrical connections.
  • the insertion portion 367 of the worm pin 361 can be inserted into the pin hole 54.
  • the user only needs to control the motor 363 through the control portion or control switch.
  • the insertion portion 367 of the worm pin 361 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 or inserted into the latch hole 54 at a different position, and the height position of the slider unit 3 can be adjusted according to the actual use situation and exercise content, and the slider unit 3 can be It is locked at a prescribed position on the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the motor 363 when the control unit receives a height adjustment instruction from the user, the motor 363 is started to rotate, and the gear 362 installed on the motor shaft is used to drive the worm pin 361 meshed with it to move (Fig. 19, up and down in FIG. 20), so that the insertion part 367 of the worm latch 361 can be driven to be inserted or pulled out relative to the latch hole 54 by the forward or reverse rotation of the motor 363, so as to release the relative movement of the slider unit 3. Locking the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52 ) or fixing the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52 ).
  • an adjustment instruction is sent to the control part through a special switch or a touch screen and switch on the front panel 2 .
  • the control part After receiving the height adjustment instruction from the user, the control part starts the motor 363, for example, to rotate forward, and uses the gear 362 installed on the motor shaft to drive the worm latch 361 meshed with it to move in the direction of unlocking (shown in Figure 19).
  • the worm latch 361 moves to the left (in FIG. 20 , the worm latch 361 moves upward), thereby pulling out the insertion portion 367 from the latch hole 54, and then the operation of the motor 363 is stopped.
  • the lock between the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 is released, and the slider unit 3 is in a sliding state relative to the guide rail unit 5.
  • the swing arm unit 4 moves up and down along the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the motor 363 is restarted to reverse the direction (opposite to the direction of rotation when unlocking), and the gear 362 installed on the motor shaft is used to drive it.
  • the engaged worm bolt 361 moves in the locking direction (the worm bolt 361 is moved to the right in Figure 19 and the worm bolt 361 is moved downward in Figure 20), thereby reinserting the insertion portion 367 into the bolt hole 54, and then stopping the motor. 363 operation.
  • the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are in a locked state, thereby realizing the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5, and finally completing the height adjustment.
  • the height position sensor 54 is also provided along the length direction of the guide rail 52, the height position of the slider unit 3 can be automatically detected by the height position sensor 54, and the swing arm can be realized by combining the motor 6 as a resistance source. Automatic adjustment of the height of unit 4.
  • the locking and unlocking of the slider unit 3 with respect to the guide rail unit 5 of the present invention can be realized without using the manual push and pull of the slider unit 3, the fixation of the swing arm unit can be automatically unlocked and the swing arm unit can be realized. 4 automatic height adjustments.
  • the control unit (such as a computer, etc.) receives the height adjustment instruction from the user, it first rotates the motor 363, and uses the gear 362 on the motor 363 to drive the worm latch 361 back (to the left in Figure 19, to the left in Figure 20 move upward), the worm latch 361 is disengaged from the latch hole 54, thereby releasing the lock of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5, so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 (the base end of the swing arm unit 4) can Slides freely along the guide rail unit 5 as a whole.
  • the height position sensor 32 detects that the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 rise to the specified position, it again sends an instruction to the control unit to stop the operation of the motor 6, thereby positioning the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to the specified position. height position.
  • control unit rotates the motor 363 in the opposite direction to the above-mentioned direction, and uses the meshing of the gear 362 on the motor 363 with the helical teeth 366 on the worm pin 361 to drive the worm pin 361 forward, so that the worm pin 361 is inserted into the pin hole 31 , so that the slider unit 3 is locked relative to the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are fixed at a prescribed position as a whole, and the upward adjustment of the swing arm unit 4 is completed.
  • the control unit receives the height adjustment instruction from the user, it first rotates the motor 363 and uses the gear 362 on the motor 363 to drive the worm latch 361 back (to the left in Figure 19 and upward in Figure 20), so that The worm latch 361 is disengaged from the latch hole 31 , thereby unlocking the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can slide freely along the guide rail unit 5 as a whole.
  • the control unit controls the motor 6 as a source of resistance so that the motor 6 rotates in a direction that allows the rope R to be pulled out of the reel 7 (so that the rope R can be pulled out of the reel 7).
  • the rope R wound on the reel 7 is in a slack state).
  • the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 as a whole are in a state of being able to slide freely along the guide rail unit 5, and the rope R wound around the reel 7 is in a relaxed state, the sliding The block unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are not constrained by the rope R.
  • the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can freely slide downward along the guide rail unit 5 using their own gravity.
  • the swing arm unit 4 will hit the handle located at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and because the rope R of the reel 7 is in a relaxed state at this time, the swing arm unit 4 will hit the
  • the height position sensor 32 detects that the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 have dropped to the specified position, it sends a signal to the control unit to stop the rotation of the motor 6 and maintain it at a level that enables the swing arm unit to 4 and the instruction of the power state in which the slider unit 3 remains stationary (that is, the power of the motor 6 can at least resist the gravity of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 without causing the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 to continue to slide freely. ), position the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to the specified position.
  • control unit rotates the motor 363 in the opposite direction to the above-mentioned direction, and uses the meshing of the gear 362 on the motor 363 with the helical teeth 366 on the worm pin 361 to drive the worm pin 361 forward, so that the worm pin 361 is inserted into the pin hole 31 , so that the slider unit 3 is locked relative to the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are fixed at a predetermined position as a whole.
  • the lowering adjustment of the swing arm unit 4 is completed.
  • the height of the swing arm can be adjusted automatically, even when facing different parts at one time.
  • the height of the swing arm can be switched accurately and quickly, and the user does not need to worry about adjustment misalignment.
  • the adjustment work can be completed accurately at one time, allowing the user to devote himself wholeheartedly to It provides users with a good experience during exercise.
  • an electromagnetic locking block that can electromagnetically attract each other can also be provided, that is, a locking piece and a locked part are provided to replace the latch and the latch hole respectively, and the locking piece and the locked part are replaced.
  • the lock part is formed in the form of an electromagnetic lock.
  • control unit can also be used to control the resistance source motor 6 to achieve automatic adjustment of the height position as described in each of the above modes, which will not be described again.
  • the above describes the positioning and fixing of the slider unit relative to the guide rail unit and the release of the fixation, and also explains the height adjustment method when using the fitness equipment of the present invention.
  • the fitness equipment in the prior art usually leaves the arm in the state of the last exercise item without storing it.
  • the control unit can be used to control the resistance source motor 6 to return the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 to the stored state.
  • the relevant program can be stored in the storage unit in advance.
  • the control unit controls the resistance source motor 6 to rotate in the direction of winding the rope R around the reel 7. Therefore, as described above, the handle and other components provided at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 contact the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and drive the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to rise to the storage position shown in FIG. 4 , for example.
  • the automatic storage of the swing arm unit 4 is realized. At this time, the swing arm unit 4 can After completing the automatic storage, the control unit can further control and automatically cut off the power of the fitness equipment.
  • control part can also be used to control the resistance source motor 6 so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 automatically return to the storage state when the fitness equipment is in an idle state.
  • the idle time (standby time) of the fitness equipment can be set in advance and stored in the storage unit.
  • the control unit automatically controls the resistance source motor 6 to move along the The rope R rotates in the direction in which the rope R is wound around the reel 7.
  • the handle and other components provided at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 come into contact with the front end of the swing arm unit 4, thereby driving the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit. 3 rises to the storage position shown in Figure 4, for example, to realize automatic storage when the fitness equipment is idle.
  • the control unit may further control to automatically cut off the power of the fitness equipment.
  • the swing arm unit can be quickly stored after the exercise, but also the swing arm unit can be automatically stored and the power is cut off when the standby period is exceeded. This not only makes the home environment tidy, but also saves energy waste.
  • the base end of the swing arm unit 4 is fixed to the slider unit 3 , but the front end of the swing arm unit 4 (swing arm 42 ) needs to be able to move in the vertical plane (as shown in FIG. 1 state) can be rotated at a predetermined angle around the base end (around the slider unit 3) and fixed at a desired angle.
  • the adjustment pin 424 and the adjustment pin fixing plate 425 are used to realize the angle change of the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4 in the vertical plane.
  • the base end connecting portion 422 is fixed to the base end side of the swing arm main body 421 and is rotatable with the swing arm main body 421 as a whole through bearings or engagement structures.
  • the swing arm main body 421 can be rotated around the base end connecting portion 422 as the center (axis center).
  • the swing arm main body part 421 is formed in a hollow cylindrical shape.
  • a substantially disk-shaped adjusting pin fixing plate 425 is also provided on the swing arm fixing base 41 .
  • the adjusting pin fixing plate 425 is fixedly installed on the swing arm fixing base 41 substantially vertically, and is provided with a plurality of bayonet openings on the outer side along the circumferential direction into which the adjusting pin 424 can be inserted and engaged.
  • 429 that is, the adjusting pin fixed plate 425 is generally in the shape of an index plate. The intervals between the plurality of bayonet ports 429 may be equal, or may be set to different intervals as required. In the illustrated example, as shown in FIGS.
  • the angle of the swing arm unit 4 is adjusted. state.
  • the distance between the bottommost bayonet 429 and the other bayonet 429 immediately adjacent to it can be set to be greater than the distance between the other bayonet 429 except the bottommost bayonet 429 to facilitate operation (the bottommost bayonet 429 Used for storage, others for adjustment).
  • 24(a) to (c) schematically show the process of changing the adjustment pin 424 from one bayonet 429 to another bayonet 429, but the above process and the setting of the interval are just an example and can be changed as needed. .
  • a structure is provided inside the swing arm main body 421 that can extend from the base end side of the swing arm main body 421 along the length direction of the swing arm main body 421 . or retracted adjustment pin 424.
  • the adjustment pin 424 is extended and fixed with the adjustment pin
  • the entire swing arm 42 can be locked at the rotation angle corresponding to the bayonet 429; when the adjustment pin 424 retracts to the swing arm main body 421, the adjustment pin 424 and the adjustment pin
  • the swing arm main body 421 can rotate in the vertical plane with the base end connection portion 422 as the center, for example, in the state shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the adjustment switch 427 is set to be roughly L-shaped, and the adjustment switch 427 is rotatably installed at the L-shaped inflection point of the adjustment switch 427 through a pin.
  • the main body part 421 of the swing arm can rotate around the pin axis (the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 in Figure 25 can rotate clockwise or counterclockwise around the pin axis).
  • one end of the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 is rotatably fixed to one end of the link 426 in the swing arm main body 421 . That is, as shown in FIG. 25 , for the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 and the link 426 , the L-shaped inflection point of the adjustment switch 427 is fixed to the swing arm main body 421 , so that the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 and the link 426 form an It is a plane linkage mechanism.
  • a pin groove 427 for sliding the adjustment pin 424 is provided on the base end side of the swing arm main body 421, and a spring 428 for assisting the adjustment pin 424 to slide up and down is provided between the adjustment pin 424 and the bottom of the pin groove 427.
  • the angle of the swing arm 42 can be adjusted by operating the adjustment switch 427 at the end of the swing arm main body 421 .
  • the adjustment pin fixing plate 425 may be formed integrally with the swing arm fixing base 41 , or may be provided as an independent component as shown in FIG. 19 . There is no limit to this.
  • a proximal end housing 423 may be provided on the proximal end side of the swing arm main body 421 as a rotatable member relative to the swing arm fixing base 41 .
  • the slider unit 3 also includes an elastic pulley module 33 .
  • the elastic pulley module 33 includes a module frame 331 , a module pulley 332 , and a leg socket 333 .
  • the swing arm unit 4 further includes a leg portion 44 provided on the swing arm fixing base 41 .
  • the guide rail unit 5 also includes a pulley track 53 provided on the support base 51 .
  • the elastic pulley module 33 in the example shown in the figure, two module pulleys 332 are provided, and the module pulleys 332 pass through bearings or shafts. Holes, etc. are set up on the module frame 331.
  • the module pulley 332 can slide along the pulley track 53 on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5.
  • the foot socket 333 is opened on the module frame 331 and can provide the swing arm unit 4.
  • the leg portion 44 is inserted into it.
  • the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, and the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider 31 via the slider fixing seat 32 and the optical axis 43 also slides, and because the swing arm unit
  • the leg portion 44 of 4 is inserted into the leg insertion hole 333 of the elastic pulley module 33, so the elastic pulley module 33 also slides on the pulley track 53 of the guide rail unit 5.
  • the swing arm unit 4 By connecting the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 in this way, when the user uses the fitness equipment F for training, when the swing arm unit 4 bears an external force, all the external force will not be applied to the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5. Instead, it is partially molded by elastic elastic pulleys. Group 33 suffered.
  • the main function of the guide rail 52 is to adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4, so it needs to maintain smoothness and high precision. When the guide rail 52 bears too much external force, it will It will affect the accuracy and service life of the guide rails 52.
  • the foot portion 44 can be in the middle position of the pulley track 33 when it is not subjected to a large external force, so that the foot portion 44 will not come into contact and friction with the pulley track 33, so that in the slider unit 3.
  • Very smooth and noiseless when moving along the guide rail unit.
  • the elastic pulley module 33 deforms, causing the foot portion 44 and the pulley track 33 to come into contact to share the external force received, and share the external force received by the guide rail 52. This will not directly cause damage to the guide rail 52 and play a role in protecting the guide rail 52 .
  • the slider 31 slides along the guide rail 52 smoothly, it is necessary to maintain the accuracy between the slider 31 and the guide rail 52 .
  • the slider 31 and the guide rail 52 are slightly offset relative to each other, because of the elastic elastic pulley module 33 provided, This allows the accuracy between the slider 31 and the guide rail 52 to be corrected and restored to the original state, thereby further protecting the guide rail 52 and making it slide more smoothly.
  • the plane where the guide rail 52 for the slide block 31 slides is located relative to the plane where the pulley track 51 for the elastic pulley module 33 slides. It has a certain angle (angle ⁇ as shown in the figure). As shown in the figure, when the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 is pressed against the guide rail 52 by an external force, it is usually in a direction transverse to the extension of the guide rail 52 (in the sliding surface of the slider 31, relative to the rail). The guide rail 52 is pressed in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the guide rail 52 .
  • the plane where the guide rail 52 for the slide block 31 slides is located relative to the pulley track 51 for the elastic pulley module 33 to slide.
  • the angle ⁇ is preferably an obtuse angle, but is not limited to this and may also be other angles.
  • the leg portion 44 provided on the swing arm fixing base 41 of the swing arm unit 4 can be used, and the leg portion 44 can be inserted into the leg insertion hole opened in the module frame 331 333, the swing arm fixing base 41 and the elastic pulley module 33 can be connected together through a simple structure. Therefore, the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides on the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 , and the slider unit 3 is also connected to the swing arm unit 4 , so that the swing arm unit 4 also slides as the slider unit 3 slides.
  • the swing arm fixed seat 41 of the swing arm unit 4 is connected with the elastic pulley module 33, and the elastic pulley module 33 slides on the pulley track 53 of the guide rail unit 5, so the swing arm unit 4 also follows the pulley.
  • the module 33 slides due to the sliding of the elastic pulley module 33 , and because the swing arm unit 4 is also connected to the slider unit 3 , the slider unit 3 also slides due to the sliding of the elastic pulley module 33 . That is, the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 slide along the guide rail unit 5 via the slider 31 and the elastic pulley module 33. Regardless of whether the swing arm unit 4 receives an external force or the slider unit 3 receives an external force, they can slide through the elastic pulley.
  • the module 33 is shared, so that the extrusion impact on the guide rail 52 can be reduced, and the guide rail 52 can be further protected to ensure smoother sliding.
  • the module pulley 332 is a grooved pulley, and the surface of the pulley track 53 that contacts the grooved pulley is formed into a shape that can fit the groove.
  • the module pulleys are V-groove pulleys or U-groove pulleys. There are two module pulleys, located at the front and rear ends of the module frame 331 respectively. Thereby, the external force received by the guide rail 52 can be shared more stably.
  • the elastic pulley module of the present invention is used as a buffer member as an example.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and various modifications can be made.
  • a slide groove can be provided in the guide rail unit 5 so that the slider unit 3 can be embedded in the slide groove, or the guide rail unit 5 can be formed into an I-shape.
  • the structure of the rail and the slider unit 3 being fitted thereto can also be a combination of slide grooves and rollers, as long as the slider unit 3 can slide along the guide rail unit 5 .
  • the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 tend to intersect as they go upward (top edge 23 of the main body 1 ) in their respective extending directions.
  • the case will be described as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this. It can also be designed so that the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 extend downward (the bottom edge 24 of the main body 1 ) and have a tendency to intersect, or in other ways.
  • the front panel 2 is in a rectangular shape has been described as an example, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and may also be in a circular, elliptical or other shape.
  • the non-parallel positional relationship of the guide rail unit 5 can be used to form a storage area for the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4, and the front panel 2 can be used to shield the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 in the stored state.
  • the main body part may also be formed into an isosceles trapezoid shape in which the length of the upper base is longer than the length of the lower base (for example, the main body part 1 shown in FIGS. 3 and 31 is inverted. state), and set the guide rail unit along the side of the main body.
  • the two guide rail units have a tendency to cross along the sides of the main body as they go downwards of the fitness equipment.
  • the slider unit in the stored state, the slider unit is located at the lower end of the guide rail unit. When you want to use the fitness equipment, you only need to lift the slider unit to the prescribed position of the guide rail unit.
  • the shape of the main body portion may not be limited, and the two rail units may be provided so as to have a tendency to cross as they go downwards of the fitness equipment, and the same effect can be obtained.
  • the swing arm unit and the slider unit can be completely hidden in the fitness equipment (front panel) in the stowed state by clever use of the guide rail unit and the front panel.
  • the swing arm connection structure in the stowed state can be completely hidden, which can make the design of the fitness equipment more integrated.
  • the overall appearance is more beautiful and suitable for home use.
  • the swing arm connection structure does not protrude to the side and is completely hidden, the body is more compact and the appearance is more beautiful.
  • the front panel is not even visible at all.
  • the fitness equipment in the stored state can be used as an entertainment display device Even when the power is off, it can be used as an ordinary mirror. It is not only clean and beautiful in appearance, but also easy to place in the home space for use. It can be fully utilized even when it is idle, and there is no need to set up fitness equipment at home. And ruin the layout of the room.
  • the present invention can be suitable for strength training with swing arms at different heights according to various needs. It can achieve various types of exercise with only one fitness equipment. It is easy to use. It not only has a compact structure and does not take up space, but also has a simple appearance. It is aesthetically pleasing and will not affect the overall aesthetics and layout even if it is placed in an ordinary home.
  • the position of the rope needs to be a specified distance from the surrounding wall so that when the rope is pulled out corresponding to the training item, the end of the rope will not be disturbed , especially in the low position and high position, strength training requires the outlet end of the rope (refer to Figure 32, the end of the rope R that passes through the swing arm unit 5 and is pulled out from the swing arm unit 5) to cover a larger "output end range” ”, so it has become difficult and important to design a reasonable range of the rope outlet end.
  • the "outlet end range" is to be met, the fitness equipment needs to be set at a higher height and the fitness equipment 2 itself also needs to be at a higher height.
  • the swing arm unit 4 can adjust the height position up and down as the slider unit 3 slides, the length of the swing arm 42 can be compensated, and a shorter swing arm 42 can be used to cover the training range from high to low. .
  • the fitness equipment F is hung on the wall in the state shown in Figure 10 for use (for example, as shown in Figure 31, by installing the mounting bracket 8 on the wall on the wall, and install the main body 1 of the fitness equipment on the mounting bracket 8, thereby hanging the fitness equipment F on the wall), because the fitness equipment F is hung on the wall at a certain distance from the ground and at the base end of the swing arm unit 4 It can be adjusted up and down along with the slider unit 3, so the front end of the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4 can easily meet the "outlet end range".
  • the length of the swing arm 42 can be made shorter, so that the torque endured by the hinge of the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 will be smaller.
  • the base end of the swing arm unit 4 can move toward the ground along the guide rail unit 5, when the fitness equipment F is hung on the wall for use, the front end of the swing arm unit 4 can be brought closer to the ground.
  • the outlet end of the rope (the end where the rope R is pulled out through the handle) should cover a larger "outlet end range", such as 10cm to 2m above the ground, and at least 60cm from the wall.
  • the base end position of the swing arm unit 4 can be adjusted up and down, so the swing arm unit 4 Unit 4 can more easily meet the "outlet end range".
  • the "outlet end range” makes the length of the swing arm 42 shorter, and the joint at the base end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 will bear less torque, which helps protect the service life of the fitness equipment.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Pivots And Pivotal Connections (AREA)
  • Rehabilitation Tools (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment, and the fitness equipment. The fitness equipment comprises: a main body part (1), a front panel (2) arranged on the front surface of the main body part (1), guide rail units (5) arranged on the back surface of the front panel (2), a sliding block unit (3) slidably arranged on the guide rail units (5), and a swing arm unit (4) connected to the sliding block unit (3). The swing arm connection structure comprises the sliding block unit (3), the swing arm unit (4) and two guide rail units (5). The two guide rail units (5) extend along straight lines and intersect in the extension directions thereof. The structure involves a simpler manufacturing process, suppresses excessively large joint torque caused by an excessively long swing arm, reduces the footprint in a household, and makes the appearance more attractive.

Description

健身设备的摆臂连接结构和具有其的健身设备Swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment and fitness equipment having the same 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及健身设备的技术领域,具体涉及一种用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构。The present invention relates to the technical field of fitness equipment, and in particular to a swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment.
背景技术Background technique
现阶段,随着人们生活水平的提高以及全民健身的推广,人们对健康生活的追求也日益提高,健身已经成为人们日常生活中不可或缺的一部分。此外,随着健身观念的转变,越来越多的人通过去健身房利用专门的健身设备来进行锻炼。At this stage, with the improvement of people's living standards and the promotion of national fitness, people's pursuit of healthy life is also increasing, and fitness has become an indispensable part of people's daily life. In addition, with the change in fitness concepts, more and more people are going to the gym to exercise using specialized fitness equipment.
在健身房中,通常需要针对想要锻炼的身体部位和想要锻炼的项目而利用专用的健身设备进行锻炼,例如史密斯机、坐姿划船器、倒蹬机、小飞鸟、T字下拉器、杠铃训练架等,这些健身设备通常需要占用较大的使用面积,这对于大型健身房而言没有任何负担,但难以走进日常的普通家庭。此外,这些健身设备由于专业性的原因通常只能满足单一动作的训练,即便有些动作项目的训练能够集成于同一设备,也难以减少设备的占地面积。In the gym, you usually need to use special fitness equipment for the parts of the body you want to exercise and the items you want to exercise, such as Smith machines, seated rowing machines, inverted pedal machines, little flyes, T-shaped pull-down machines, and barbell training. These fitness equipment usually need to occupy a large area of use, which is not a burden for large gyms, but it is difficult to enter ordinary homes. In addition, due to professional reasons, these fitness equipment can usually only meet the training of a single movement. Even if the training of some movement items can be integrated into the same equipment, it is difficult to reduce the floor space of the equipment.
对此,为了迎合普通家庭,现阶段市场上出现了多种新型的智能健身设备。这些智能健身设备一般以电阻/风阻/电磁阻力等可以数字化控制的阻力方式代替传统的杠铃片等物理配重块,将拉手/拉绳/绳索固定装置/绳索出口锁定装置等传统器械领域的多个单元合一设计为能够在多个方向自由活动的一个摆臂来代替,以紧凑的结构实现一机多能,满足人们常规的训练项目。例如,对于在常规健身过程中所普遍使用的小飞鸟或龙门架等器械,传统的设备为了通过双手或单手拉动配重块以达到特定训练需求的目的,还需要配备多个特定重量的配重块,而新型的智能健身设备能够以电阻/风阻/电磁阻力等替代配重块,从而能够减少器材的体积,这使得专用的健身设备步入日常的普通家庭中成为可能。In this regard, in order to cater to ordinary families, a variety of new smart fitness equipment have appeared on the market at this stage. These smart fitness equipment generally replace traditional physical weights such as barbells with digitally controllable resistance methods such as resistance/wind resistance/electromagnetic resistance, and integrate handles/ropes/rope fixing devices/rope exit locking devices and other traditional equipment fields. The integrated design of each unit is replaced by a swing arm that can move freely in multiple directions. It achieves multiple functions in one machine with a compact structure and meets people's regular training projects. For example, for equipment such as small flying birds or gantry frames that are commonly used in regular fitness processes, traditional equipment also needs to be equipped with multiple weights of specific weights in order to pull weights with both hands or one hand to achieve specific training needs. Weights, and new smart fitness equipment can replace weights with resistance/wind resistance/electromagnetic resistance, etc., thereby reducing the size of the equipment. This makes it possible for dedicated fitness equipment to be integrated into ordinary homes.
例如,在美国专利US2021038937(A1)中公开有一种健身设备,该健身设备例如能够竖直放置在水平地面,利用马达作为阻力源,在两侧分别设置有两个摆臂,两个摆臂能够沿着垂直于地面的竖直方向 上下移动,使用者能够利用摆臂前端的把手来实现锻炼。For example, US Patent No. 2021038937 (A1) discloses a fitness equipment that can be placed vertically on a horizontal ground, uses a motor as a resistance source, and is provided with two swing arms on both sides. The two swing arms can along the vertical direction perpendicular to the ground By moving up and down, users can use the handle at the front of the swing arm to perform exercises.
专利文献1Patent Document 1
美国专利US2021038937(A1)U.S. patent US2021038937(A1)
发明内容Contents of the invention
发明所要解决的课题The problem to be solved by the invention
但是,对于专利文献1中的健身设备,其集成度过高,从而导致成本过高,并且高集成度导致其制造难度过大。此外,现有健身设备即便是集成了一些结构,其面向的适用对象依然是专业的健身房中的用户,体积依旧是过于庞大,仍然不适用于放置在普通的家庭住宅。因此,对于普通的家庭住宅,现有技术的健身设备还存在占地面积过大的问题。特别是,如上所述,健身设备具有用于健身者锻炼而使用的摆臂,但为了满足锻炼的需求,通常需要摆臂具有一定的长度,但现有的健身设备的摆臂长度普遍较长,即便是勉强将健身设备整体放入到普通家庭中,也会过多地占据住宅空间,因此其并不适于放入普通家庭。However, the fitness equipment in Patent Document 1 is too highly integrated, resulting in excessively high costs, and the high degree of integration makes its manufacturing too difficult. In addition, even if the existing fitness equipment integrates some structures, it is still suitable for users in professional gyms. The size is still too large and is still not suitable for placement in ordinary family homes. Therefore, for ordinary family residences, the existing fitness equipment still has the problem of excessively large floor space. In particular, as mentioned above, fitness equipment has swing arms used for exercise by bodybuilders. However, in order to meet the needs of exercise, the swing arms usually need to have a certain length. However, the swing arms of existing fitness equipment are generally longer. , even if the fitness equipment is barely put into an ordinary family as a whole, it will occupy too much residential space, so it is not suitable for ordinary families.
另外,在使用健身设备时,根据各种锻炼项目,还需要额外准备供摆臂上下左右摆动的空间,为了满足摆臂的摆动空间,需要健身设备具有较高的高度或者将其放置于较高的位置,因此,这样的设置依然不适用于放入普通住宅的空间,甚至对于有些小型的住宅,根本就无法将这样的设备放入其中,阻碍健身设备的普及。In addition, when using fitness equipment, according to various exercise programs, additional space needs to be prepared for the swing arm to swing up, down, left, and right. In order to meet the swing arm swing space, the fitness equipment needs to have a higher height or be placed on a higher location, therefore, such a setting is still not suitable for being placed in the space of ordinary residences. Even for some small residences, it is simply impossible to put such equipment into them, hindering the popularity of fitness equipment.
此外,在健身设备的外部两侧通常设置有摆臂,当不使用健身设备时,无法对设置于健身设备外部的摆臂等部件进行收纳隐藏,所以即便勉强能够将这样的健身设备放置在普通的家庭房间中,也因为摆臂以及其它部件的外露而显得不协调,还会影响到健身设备整体乃至存放健身设备的房间的美观性。特别是,家用的健身设备并不像健身房的利用率那么高,当不需要使用健身设备时,需要将其放置于不妨碍家庭整体环境的场所,而普通家庭无法对其进行存放,即便勉强存放也存在浪费空间且不美观的问题。In addition, swing arms are usually provided on both sides of the exterior of fitness equipment. When the fitness equipment is not in use, the swing arms and other components provided on the outside of the fitness equipment cannot be stored and hidden, so even if such fitness equipment can barely be placed in an ordinary In the family room, it also looks uncoordinated due to the exposure of the swing arm and other parts. It will also affect the aesthetics of the entire fitness equipment and even the room where the fitness equipment is stored. In particular, the utilization rate of home fitness equipment is not as high as that of gyms. When fitness equipment is not needed, it needs to be placed in a place that does not hinder the overall environment of the home. However, ordinary families cannot store it, even if they can barely store it. There is also the problem of wasting space and being unsightly.
另外,现有技术的健身设备的摆臂过长还会导致摆臂连接处(如关节处)的扭矩过大从而导致健身设备出现损坏的问题。 In addition, if the swing arm of the fitness equipment in the prior art is too long, the torque at the joint of the swing arm (such as the joint) will be too large, resulting in damage to the fitness equipment.
为此,本发明的目的在于提供一种健身设备的摆臂连接结构和具有这种摆臂连接结构的健身设备,其适用于放置在普通家庭住宅的房间中使用,能够降低制造工艺,降低成本,并能够抑制因摆臂过长而导致的关节扭矩过大的问题,并且结构紧凑,在不使用时能够以很小的体积进行收纳,减少家庭住宅的占用空间,并且还能够使外观更加美观。To this end, the object of the present invention is to provide a swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment and fitness equipment having such a swing arm connection structure, which is suitable for use in rooms of ordinary homes and can reduce manufacturing processes and costs. , and can suppress the problem of excessive joint torque caused by too long swing arms, and has a compact structure that can be stored in a small volume when not in use, reducing the space occupied in the family home, and also making the appearance more beautiful. .
用于解决问题的技术方案Technical solutions to solve problems
在本发明的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构中,所述健身设备包括:主体部、设置于所述主体部的正面的前面板、设置于所述前面板的背面的导轨单元、可滑动地设置于所述导轨单元的滑块单元以及与所述滑块单元连接的摆臂单元,所述摆臂连接结构包括所述滑块单元、所述摆臂单元以及两个所述导轨单元,两个所述导轨单元沿直线延伸且在延伸方向上相交。In the swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment of the present invention, the fitness equipment includes: a main body, a front panel provided on the front of the main body, a guide rail unit provided on the back of the front panel, a sliding The slider unit is disposed on the guide rail unit and the swing arm unit connected to the slider unit. The swing arm connection structure includes the slider unit, the swing arm unit and two guide rail units, The two guide rail units extend along a straight line and intersect in the extension direction.
另外,在上述发明中,优选两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向上方去而逐渐变小。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes upward.
另外,在上述发明中,优选两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向下方去而逐渐变小。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes downward.
另外,在上述发明中,优选两个所述导轨单元相对于健身设备的中心线呈轴对称。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the two guide rail units are axially symmetrical with respect to the center line of the fitness equipment.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述主体部呈等腰梯形,具有平行的上底边和下底边以及作为等腰梯形的腰的两个主体部侧边,两个所述导轨单元分别沿着所述主体部侧边而设置在其上。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the main body part is in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid, with parallel upper and lower bottom sides and two main body part sides as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid, and the two guide rail units are respectively along the It is arranged on the side of the main body part.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述前面板呈矩形,具有顶边、底边和两个前面板侧边,所述导轨单元设置于所述前面板的背面,在两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向上方去而逐渐变小的情况下,在所述前面板的背面,两个所述导轨单元分别和与其对应一侧的所述前面板侧边以及所述前面板的顶边划分出收纳区域,当所述滑块单元位于滑轨单元的最上方时,所述摆臂连接结构能够被收纳于所述收纳区域;在两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向下方去而逐渐变小的情况下,在所述前面板的背面,两个所述导轨单元分别和与其对应一侧的所述前面板侧边以及所述前面板的底边划分出收纳区域,当所述滑块单元 位于滑轨单元的最上方时,所述摆臂连接结构能够被收纳于所述收纳区域。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the front panel is rectangular and has a top edge, a bottom edge and two front panel sides, and the guide rail unit is disposed on the back of the front panel, between the two guide rail units. When the distance between them gradually becomes smaller as they go upwards, on the back of the front panel, the two guide rail units are respectively in contact with the side of the front panel on the corresponding side and the top of the front panel. A storage area is divided by the side. When the slider unit is located at the top of the slide rail unit, the swing arm connection structure can be stored in the storage area; the distance between the two guide rail units increases with the direction. When it gradually becomes smaller as it goes downwards, on the back side of the front panel, the two guide rail units respectively define a storage area with the side edge of the front panel on the corresponding side and the bottom edge of the front panel. When the slider unit When located at the top of the slide rail unit, the swing arm connection structure can be stored in the storage area.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述导轨单元设置于所述主体部侧面。Furthermore, in the above invention, it is preferable that the guide rail unit is provided on the side surface of the main body.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述主体部呈等腰梯形,具有平行的上底边和下底边以及作为等腰梯形的腰的两个主体部侧边,所述前面板呈矩形,具有顶边、底边和两个前面板侧边,所述前面板的高度大于所述主体部的高度,所述主体部的上底边位于所述前面板的顶边的下端,所述主体部的下底边位于所述前面板的底边的上端,两个所述导轨单元分别沿着所述主体部侧边而设置在所述主体部侧边。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the main body part is in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid, with parallel upper and lower bottom sides and two main body part side edges that are the waists of the isosceles trapezoid, and the front panel is in the shape of a rectangle, with Top edge, bottom edge and two front panel sides, the height of the front panel is greater than the height of the main body part, the upper bottom edge of the main body part is located at the lower end of the top edge of the front panel, the main body part The lower bottom edge is located at the upper end of the bottom edge of the front panel, and the two guide rail units are respectively arranged on the sides of the main body along the sides of the main body.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述前面板为可触摸电子屏或镜面。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the front panel is a touchable electronic screen or a mirror.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述摆臂单元与所述滑块单元通过枢轴连接而连接在一起。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the swing arm unit and the slider unit are connected together by a pivot connection.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述导轨单元设置有多个卡合孔,在所述滑块单元设置能够与所述卡合孔插拔的卡合销。Furthermore, in the above invention, it is preferable that the guide rail unit is provided with a plurality of engagement holes, and the slider unit is provided with an engagement pin that can be inserted into and removed from the engagement holes.
本发明的健身设备中,具有上述摆臂连接结构。The fitness equipment of the present invention has the above-mentioned swing arm connection structure.
另外,在上述发明中,优选健身设备包括设置于所述主体部内部的阻力源;与所述阻力源连接并缠绕有绳索的绕线盘;设置于所述摆臂单元的前端的把持部;和将所述绳索引导至所述把持部的滑轮组。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the fitness equipment includes a resistance source provided inside the main body part; a reel connected to the resistance source and wound with a rope; and a handle part provided at the front end of the swing arm unit; and a pulley block that guides the rope to the holding portion.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述滑轮组包括设置于所述主体部的内部的第一定滑轮、设置于所述主体部的顶部的第二定滑轮、设置于所述滑块单元的第三定滑轮和设置于所述摆臂单元的基端侧的第四定滑轮和设置于所述摆臂单元的前端侧的腕关节滑轮,所述绳索从所述绕线盘起依次经由所述第一定滑轮、所述第二定滑轮、所述第三定滑轮和所述第四定滑轮并穿过所述摆臂单元的内部之后经由所述腕关节滑轮而与所述把持部连接。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the pulley assembly includes a first fixed pulley provided inside the main body, a second fixed pulley provided on the top of the main body, and a third fixed pulley provided on the slider unit. a fixed pulley, a fourth fixed pulley provided on the base end side of the swing arm unit, and a wrist joint pulley provided on the front end side of the swing arm unit; The fixed pulley, the second fixed pulley, the third fixed pulley and the fourth fixed pulley pass through the inside of the swing arm unit and are connected to the handle part through the wrist joint pulley.
另外,在上述发明中,优选所述阻力源为内转子电机,包括外壳、设置于所述外壳内的电机定子和设置在所述电机定子内的电机转子,另外,所述绕线盘安装于所述电机转子。In addition, in the above invention, it is preferable that the resistance source is an inner rotor motor, including a housing, a motor stator provided in the housing, and a motor rotor provided in the motor stator. In addition, the winding disk is installed on The motor rotor.
发明效果Invention effect
根据本发明的,因为滑块能够沿着导轨滑动,所以当两个滑块位于前面板的顶部位置时,两者处于接近状态,并且两者随着向前面板 的底部滑去而逐渐分开。由此,当两个滑块位于顶部位置时,能够将两个滑块以及与滑块连接的摆臂完全收纳于健身设备的背部区域。According to the present invention, because the slider can slide along the guide rail, when the two sliders are located at the top position of the front panel, the two are in a close state, and the two sliders move toward the front panel. The bottom slides away and gradually separates. Therefore, when the two slide blocks are at the top position, the two slide blocks and the swing arm connected to the slide blocks can be completely stored in the back area of the fitness equipment.
因此,当健身设备的摆臂处于收纳状态下,健身设备的使用者面朝前面板观察时,摆臂以及滑块均被前面板所挡住,完全看不到摆臂,摆臂隐藏于前面板的后面。由此,只需利用前面板能够完全实现摆臂连接结构的隐藏,可以让健身设备的设计一体性更强,也更美观和适合家居使用。Therefore, when the swing arm of the fitness equipment is in the stowed state and the user of the fitness equipment faces the front panel and looks at it, the swing arm and the slider are blocked by the front panel, and the swing arm cannot be seen at all. The swing arm is hidden on the front panel. behind. As a result, the swing arm connection structure can be completely hidden by simply using the front panel, making the design of the fitness equipment more integrated, more beautiful, and suitable for home use.
另外,当健身设备闲置时,因为此时的摆臂连接结构不向侧面突出而被完全隐藏,所以能够减小健身设备的高度,因此整机包装尺寸更小,整机重量更低,运输安装更简便。设备体积更小,节省空间并且外表看着更加美观,当摆臂收起来时甚至完全看不到前面板之外的其它零部件,特别是当前面板采用镜面显示屏时,收纳起摆臂的闲置的健身设备完全可以作为一面镜子或显示屏来使用。In addition, when the fitness equipment is idle, because the swing arm connection structure at this time does not protrude to the side and is completely hidden, the height of the fitness equipment can be reduced, so the packaging size of the whole machine is smaller and the weight of the whole machine is lower, which makes transportation and installation easier. Easier. The device is smaller in size, saves space and looks more beautiful. When the swing arm is folded, no other components other than the front panel can even be seen at all. Especially when the front panel uses a mirror display, the idle part of the swing arm is stored The fitness equipment can be used as a mirror or display screen.
另外,当想要使用健身设备进行锻炼时,只需向下滑动滑块,使滑块从前面板的后面的收纳区域向侧面逐渐露出,就能够连带着使摆臂也从前面板的后面的收纳区域向侧面露出而使其处于工作位置。从而便于使用。In addition, when you want to use fitness equipment for exercise, you only need to slide the slider downward so that the slider is gradually exposed from the storage area behind the front panel to the side, and the swing arm can also be moved from the storage area behind the front panel. Exposed to the side so that it is in the working position. This makes it easier to use.
另外,通过在导轨设置多个卡合孔并在滑块设置多个卡合销,由此能够根据实际使用情况将滑块定位于导轨上的多个部位,可以根据各种需要,适用于摆臂位于不同高度的力量训练,仅通过一个健身设备就能够实现多种方式的锻炼,便于使用。In addition, by providing multiple engagement holes on the guide rail and multiple engagement pins on the slider, the slider can be positioned at multiple locations on the guide rail according to actual usage conditions, and can be used in pendulum applications according to various needs. Strength training with arms at different heights enables a variety of exercises to be performed with just one fitness equipment, which is easy to use.
另外,为了方便用户用深蹲、硬拉、高拉背等训练动作,绳索位置需要距离周围的墙面规定距离,以满足当绳索对应训练项目而被拉出时,绳索的端部不被干扰,特别是在低位位置和高位位置,力量训练需要绳索的出线端覆盖较大的“出线端范围”。对此,在本发明中,由于摆臂可以随着滑块的滑动而上下调节高度位置,因此完全可以将健身设备挂于墙壁上进行使用。此时,因为健身设备挂于墙壁上距离地面有一定距离且摆臂的基端位置可随滑块上下调节,因此摆臂可以更容易满足“出线端范围”。由此,能够使摆臂的长度较短,使得连接处承受的扭矩会变小。In addition, in order to facilitate users to perform training actions such as squats, deadlifts, and high back pulls, the position of the rope needs to be a specified distance from the surrounding wall so that when the rope is pulled out corresponding to the training item, the end of the rope will not be disturbed , especially in the low and high positions, strength training requires the outlet end of the rope to cover a larger "outlet range". In this regard, in the present invention, since the swing arm can adjust the height position up and down as the slider slides, the fitness equipment can be hung on the wall for use. At this time, because the fitness equipment is hung on the wall at a certain distance from the ground and the base end position of the swing arm can be adjusted up and down with the slider, the swing arm can more easily meet the "outlet end range". As a result, the length of the swing arm can be made shorter, so that the torque endured by the connection will be smaller.
综上,根据本发明,可以在小尺寸的健身器材上,实现大范围的 摆臂末端覆盖范围,还能够抑制因摆臂过长而导致关节扭矩过大,缩小家庭占用空间,并且使外观更加美观。In summary, according to the present invention, a wide range of fitness equipment can be realized on small-sized fitness equipment. The coverage at the end of the swing arm can also suppress excessive joint torque caused by excessive length of the swing arm, reduce the space occupied by the home, and make the appearance more beautiful.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本发明的健身设备处于收纳状态下的主视图;Figure 1 is a front view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in a stowed state;
图2是本发明的健身设备在图1所示状态下的侧视图;Figure 2 is a side view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1;
图3是本发明的健身设备在图1所示状态下的后视图;Figure 3 is a rear view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1;
图4是本发明的健身设备在图1所示状态下的后视立体图;Figure 4 is a rear perspective view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1;
图5是本发明的健身设备在摆臂单元处于张开状态的一个情况(健身设备的某一个工作状态)的主视图;Figure 5 is a front view of the fitness equipment of the present invention when the swing arm unit is in an open state (a certain working state of the fitness equipment);
图6是本发明的健身设备在图5所示状态下的侧视图;Figure 6 is a side view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 5;
图7~图9是本发明的健身设备从收纳状态至摆臂单元处于张开状态的过程的示意图,其中,为了便于说明,图7~图9均为透视图,示出了滑块单元、摆臂单元以及导轨单元的所处位置和状态;7 to 9 are schematic diagrams of the process of the fitness equipment of the present invention from the stowed state to the swing arm unit in the open state. For convenience of explanation, Figs. 7 to 9 are perspective views showing the slider unit, The position and status of the swing arm unit and guide rail unit;
图10是本发明的健身设备在摆臂单元处于张开状态的其它情况(健身设备的另一个工作状态)的侧视图;Figure 10 is a side view of the fitness equipment of the present invention in other situations when the swing arm unit is in an open state (another working state of the fitness equipment);
图11是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的一个例子的示意图,图中省略了其它部位仅示出摆臂连接结构;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of an example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention. Other parts are omitted in the figure and only the swing arm connection structure is shown;
图12是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的一个例子的爆炸图;Figure 12 is an exploded view of an example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图13是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的内部结构的一个例子的示意图,图13是在图1所示状态下,俯视观察时的示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of an example of the internal structure of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention. Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the state shown in Figure 1 when viewed from above;
图14是图13所示状态下的局部剖视图;Figure 14 is a partial cross-sectional view of the state shown in Figure 13;
图15是本发明的高度调节部的一个例子的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of an example of the height adjustment part of the present invention;
图16是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的另一个例子的爆炸图;Figure 16 is an exploded view of another example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图17是本发明的高度调节部的另一个例子的示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another example of the height adjustment part of the present invention;
图18是图17所示的另一个例子的高度调解部安装在滑块单元上的状态下的示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another example of the height adjustment portion shown in Figure 17 in a state where it is installed on the slider unit;
图19是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的再一个例子的爆炸图;Figure 19 is an exploded view of another example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图20是图19所示的摆臂连接结构在图1所示状态下俯视观察时 的示意图,透视示出了内部结构;Figure 20 is a top view of the swing arm connection structure shown in Figure 19 in the state shown in Figure 1 A schematic diagram showing the internal structure in perspective;
图21是以截面表示本发明的摆臂单元的内部结构的侧视图;21 is a side view showing the internal structure of the swing arm unit of the present invention in cross section;
图22是以局部截面表示本发明的摆臂单元的内部结构的主视图;22 is a front view showing the internal structure of the swing arm unit of the present invention in partial cross-section;
图23是本发明的摆臂单元的调节销插入到调节销固定盘的卡口内的状态的示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of the state in which the adjustment pin of the swing arm unit of the present invention is inserted into the bayonet of the adjustment pin fixing plate;
图24(a)~(c)是本发明的摆臂单元在图1所示状态下在竖直面内进行角度调节的示意图,其中,图24中的(a)示出了调节销插入到调节销固定盘的最下面卡口内的状态,图24中的(b)示出了调节销从调节销固定盘的最下面卡口内拔出的状态,图24中的(c)示出了在转动摆臂后将调节销插入到调节销固定盘的另一个卡口内的状态;Figures 24(a) to (c) are schematic diagrams of the swing arm unit of the present invention performing angle adjustment in the vertical plane in the state shown in Figure 1, wherein (a) in Figure 24 shows that the adjustment pin is inserted into The state in the lowermost bayonet of the adjusting pin fixed plate. (b) in Figure 24 shows the state in which the adjusting pin is pulled out from the lowest bayonet of the adjusting pin fixed plate. (c) in Figure 24 shows the state in the lowermost bayonet of the adjusting pin fixed plate. After rotating the swing arm, insert the adjusting pin into the other bayonet of the adjusting pin fixing plate;
图25(a)和(b)是本发明的摆臂单元的摆臂主体部的内部示意图,示出了通过调节销开关实现调节销与调节销固定盘的锁定以及解除锁定的状态,其中,图25(a)示出了调节销与调节销固定盘的锁定状态,图25(b)示出了调节销与调节销固定盘的锁定解除状态;25(a) and (b) are internal schematic diagrams of the swing arm main body of the swing arm unit of the present invention, showing the locking and unlocking state of the adjusting pin and the adjusting pin fixing plate through the adjusting pin switch, wherein, Figure 25(a) shows the locked state of the adjusting pin and the adjusting pin fixed plate, and Figure 25(b) shows the unlocked state of the adjusting pin and the adjusting pin fixed plate;
图26是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的立体示意图,表示的是其内部结构;Figure 26 is a perspective view of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention, showing its internal structure;
图27是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的滑块单元的内部结构示意图;Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the slider unit of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图28是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的滑块单元的弹性滑轮模组的立体示意图;Figure 28 is a perspective view of the elastic pulley module of the slider unit of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图29是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的滑块单元的弹性滑轮模组和滑块被安装到支承座上的状态下的立体示意图;Figure 29 is a schematic perspective view of the elastic pulley module and the slider of the slider unit of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention when they are installed on the support base;
图30是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的弹性滑轮模组与摆臂单元的支脚部在安装状态下的示意图;Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of the elastic pulley module of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention and the legs of the swing arm unit in the installed state;
图31是本发明的健身设备的整体结构的爆炸图;Figure 31 is an exploded view of the overall structure of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图32是本发明的健身设备的阻力传动的简略示意图;Figure 32 is a schematic diagram of the resistance transmission of the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图33是本发明的健身设备中的作为阻力源的电机的一个例子的立体图;Figure 33 is a perspective view of an example of a motor as a resistance source in the fitness equipment of the present invention;
图34是本发明的健身设备中的作为阻力源的电机的一个例子的剖视图,示出的是图33中的x-x线的剖视图。 FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of an example of a motor as a resistance source in the fitness equipment of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view taken along line xx in FIG. 33 .
附图标记说明
F……健身设备
1……主体部
2……前面板
3……滑块单元
31……滑块
32……滑块固定座
33……弹性滑轮模组
331……模组框架
332……模组滑轮
333……支脚插孔
34……高度调节部(方式一)
341……调节把手(上端部)
342……连接杆
343……插销(卡合销)
344……固定部
345……弹簧件
346……插销安装部
35……高度调节部(方式二)
351……凸轮抵接部(上端部)
352……连接杆
353……插销(卡合销)
354……固定部
355……凸轮
356……电机
357……弹簧件
358……插销安装部
36……高度调节部(方式三)
361……蜗杆插销
362……齿轮
363……电机
364……蜗杆轴承
365……蜗杆固定件
366……螺旋齿
367……插入部
4……摆臂单元
41……摆臂固定座
42……摆臂
421……摆臂主体部
422……基端连接部(基端轴部)
423……基端外壳
424……调节销
425……调节销固定盘(分度盘)
426……连杆
427……调节开关
428……弹簧
429……卡口
430……销槽
43……轴(光轴)
44……支脚部
45……外壳
46……开口部
47……固定抱箍
5……导轨单元
51……支承座
52……导轨
53……滑轮轨道
54……插销孔(卡合孔)
55……高度位置传感器
6……电机(阻力源/动力源)
7……绕线盘
8……安装架
R……绳索
A……第一收纳区域
B……第二收纳区域
d1……第一定滑轮
d2……第二定滑轮
d3……第三定滑轮
d4……第四定滑轮
d5……腕关节滑轮
M……内转子电机
M1……外壳
M2……电机定子
M3……电机转子
M4……转子轴(中心轴)
M5……上端盖
M6……下端盖
Explanation of reference signs
F... fitness equipment
1...Main part
2...Front panel
3...slider unit
31…slider
32...Slider holder
33...Elastic pulley module
331...Module framework
332……module pulley
333...Leg jack
34...Height adjustment part (method 1)
341...Adjustment handle (upper end)
342......Connecting rod
343......Latch (locking pin)
344...Fixed Department
345…spring parts
346...Latch installation department
35...Height adjustment part (method 2)
351......Cam contact part (upper end)
352......Connecting rod
353...Latch (locking pin)
354...Fixed Department
355…cam
356……Motor
357……spring parts
358......Latch installation department
36...Height adjustment part (method 3)
361......Worm latch
362…Gear
363……Motor
364......Worm bearing
365...worm gear fixing
366...Helical teeth
367...insertion part
4...swing arm unit
41…swing arm holder
42...swing arm
421......Swing arm main part
422...Base end connection part (base end shaft part)
423...base end shell
424……Adjusting pin
425...Adjusting pin fixed plate (indexing plate)
426...Connecting rod
427......Adjustment switch
428......spring
429...bayonet
430…pin groove
43...Axis (optical axis)
44...Feet
45…shell
46...opening
47...fixed hoop
5... Guide rail unit
51...Support seat
52… Guide rail
53…Pulley track
54...Latch hole (locking hole)
55...height position sensor
6...Motor (resistance source/power source)
7...winding reel
8...Mounting rack
R...rope
A...the first storage area
B...Second storage area
d1...the first fixed pulley
d2...the second fixed pulley
d3...the third fixed pulley
d4...the fourth fixed pulley
d5...wrist joint pulley
M...inner rotor motor
M1…shell
M2...motor stator
M3...motor rotor
M4...Rotor shaft (center axis)
M5...upper end cover
M6...lower end cap
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面,参照附图,对本发明进行详细说明。应当理解,在本发明中描述的各种具体实施例仅为完整描述的示例,并不限定本发明的保护范围,基于本发明的实施例,本领域技术人员在没有付出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be understood that the various specific embodiments described in the present invention are only examples for complete description and do not limit the protection scope of the present invention. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, those skilled in the art can obtain the results without exerting creative efforts. All other embodiments belong to the protection scope of the present invention.
为便于说明,下述说明中使用了“上”、“下”、“左”、“右”、“水平”、“竖直”等表示方位的用语,但其仅限定例如附图所示的特定姿态下的各部件之间的相对位置关系,如果该特定姿态发生改变,该表示方位的用语也当然相应改变。For the convenience of explanation, the following description uses terms such as "upper", "lower", "left", "right", "horizontal", "vertical" and other terms indicating orientation, but these are limited to those shown in the drawings. The relative positional relationship between components in a specific posture. If the specific posture changes, the terms expressing the orientation will of course change accordingly.
在本发明中,除另有说明的之外,用语“连接”、“铰接”、“固定”等应做广义理解,例如,“固定”可以是固定连接也可以是可拆卸连接,或形成为一体;“连接”可以是机械连接也可以是电连接,可以是直接相连也可以通过中间媒介间接相连。“铰接”可以是枢轴连接或万向头连接,也可以是以轴和轴承连接的方式固定在一起的结构等。In the present invention, unless otherwise stated, the terms "connection", "hinge", "fixing", etc. should be understood in a broad sense. For example, "fixing" can be a fixed connection or a detachable connection, or it can be formed as Integrated; "connection" can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection, a direct connection or an indirect connection through an intermediate medium. "Hinged" can be a pivot connection or a universal head connection, or it can be a structure fixed together by a shaft and a bearing connection, etc.
另外,附图所示的内容均为示意,并不代表产品的实际结构,为 了便于说明和理解,各部件的比例并不一定与实际产品一致。In addition, the contents shown in the accompanying drawings are schematic and do not represent the actual structure of the product. To facilitate explanation and understanding, the proportions of each component are not necessarily consistent with the actual product.
下面,对本发明进行详细说明。Next, the present invention will be described in detail.
图1~图4示出了本发明的健身设备F的摆臂单元4处于收纳状态下的情形,其中,图1是本发明的健身设备F处于收纳状态下的主视图,图2是本发明的健身设备F在图1所示状态下的侧视图,图3是本发明的健身设备F在图1所示状态下的后视图,图4是本发明的健身设备F在图1所示状态下的后视立体图。另外,图5和图6示出了本发明的健身设备F的摆臂单元4在处于张开状态(健身设备F的工作状态)下的情形,其中,图5是本发明的健身设备F的滑块单元3位于导轨单元5的最下端时,摆臂单元4处于张开状态的主视图(健身设备F的一个工作状态,滑块单元3处于导轨单元5的最下端时,摆臂单元4从竖直放置状态变为大致在水平面张开的状态),图6是本发明的健身设备F在图5所示状态下的侧视图。图7~图9是本发明的健身设备F从收纳状态至摆臂单元处于张开状态的过程的示意图,其中,为了便于说明,图7~图9均以透视图的方式示出了滑块单元3、摆臂单元4以及导轨单元5的所处位置和状态,实际上在使用者面朝健身设备F的前面板2时不能看到滑块单元3和导轨单元5(另外,图7所示的是后述的收纳状态,在图7的状态下在使用者面朝健身设备F的前面板2时不仅不能看到滑块单元3和导轨单元5,也不能看到摆臂单元4)。另外,图10是本发明的健身设备F在摆臂单元4处于张开状态下的其它情形(健身设备F的另一个工作状态,例如滑块单元3并没有处于导轨单元5的最下端而是位于导轨单元5的中间的某个位置时的状态)的侧视图。图11是本发明的健身设备F的摆臂连接结构的一个例子的示意图,图中省略了其它部位仅示出摆臂连接结构。此外,图31是本发明的健身设备F的爆炸示意图。Figures 1 to 4 show the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in a stowed state, wherein Figure 1 is a front view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in a stowed state, and Figure 2 is a front view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in a stowed state. Figure 3 is a side view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1. Figure 3 is a rear view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1. Figure 4 is a side view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 1. Rear perspective view below. In addition, Figures 5 and 6 show the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in an open state (the working state of the fitness equipment F), wherein Figure 5 is a view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention. When the slider unit 3 is located at the lowest end of the guide rail unit 5, the front view of the swing arm unit 4 is in an open state (a working state of the fitness equipment F, when the slider unit 3 is at the lowest end of the guide rail unit 5, the swing arm unit 4 (from the vertically placed state to the state of being roughly opened on a horizontal plane), Figure 6 is a side view of the fitness equipment F of the present invention in the state shown in Figure 5. Figures 7 to 9 are schematic diagrams of the process of the fitness equipment F of the present invention from the stowed state to the swing arm unit in the open state. For convenience of explanation, Figures 7 to 9 all show the slider in a perspective view. The position and state of the unit 3, the swing arm unit 4 and the guide rail unit 5 are actually not visible when the user faces the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F (in addition, the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are shown in Figure 7 shows the storage state described later. In the state of Figure 7, when the user faces the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F, not only the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5, but also the swing arm unit 4 cannot be seen) . In addition, Figure 10 is another situation of the fitness equipment F of the present invention when the swing arm unit 4 is in an open state (another working state of the fitness equipment F, for example, the slider unit 3 is not at the lowest end of the guide rail unit 5 but A side view of the state when it is located somewhere in the middle of the guide rail unit 5). FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an example of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment F of the present invention. In the figure, other parts are omitted and only the swing arm connection structure is shown. In addition, FIG. 31 is an exploded schematic diagram of the fitness equipment F of the present invention.
-健身设备的整体结构--The overall structure of fitness equipment-
如图1~图11以及图31所示,在本发明的一个实施例中,健身设备F主要包括主体部1、设置于主体部1的正面(图1中的朝向读者一侧、图2中的右侧)的前面板2、设置于前面板2的背面(主体部1的正面的相反侧,图2中的左侧)的导轨单元5、可滑动地设置于导轨单元5的滑块单元3以及与滑块单元3连接(例如枢轴连接、可转动 地连接等)的摆臂单元4。As shown in Figures 1 to 11 and 31, in one embodiment of the present invention, fitness equipment F mainly includes a main body 1, which is disposed on the front of the main body 1 (the side facing the reader in Figure 1, the side facing the reader in Figure 2 the right side of the front panel 2), the guide rail unit 5 provided on the back side of the front panel 2 (the opposite side to the front side of the main body 1, the left side in FIG. 2), and the slider unit slidably provided on the guide rail unit 5 3 and connection with the slider unit 3 (e.g. pivot connection, rotatable Ground connection, etc.) swing arm unit 4.
其中,本发明中,“导轨单元5设置于前面板2的背面”并不一定是指导轨单元5必须要紧挨着前面板2的背面,而是指只要在空间位置上导轨单元5位于前面板2的背面即可。例如,如图4中所示,导轨单元5可以挨着前面板2的背面而设置在前面板2的背面。另外,导轨单元5也可以设置于主体部1的侧面,此时,当导轨单元5设置于主体部1的侧面时,因为前面板2设置于主体部1的正面(前面),所以主体部1位于前面板2的背面,因此设置于主体部1的侧面的导轨单元5实际上也必然是位于前面板2的背面,即,此时也可以理解成导轨单元5在空间位置上设置于前面板2的背面(但不一定紧挨着前面板2的背面)。另外,也可以将导轨单元5设置于主体部1的背面,此时,因为主体部1位于前面板2的背面,所以位于主体部1的背面的导轨单元5实际上也必然位于前面板2的背面,即,此时也可以理解成导轨单元5在空间位置上设置于前面板2的背面(隔着主体部2而位于前面板2的背面)。Among them, in the present invention, "the guide rail unit 5 is arranged on the back of the front panel 2" does not necessarily mean that the guide rail unit 5 must be close to the back of the front panel 2, but means that as long as the guide rail unit 5 is located on the front panel in terms of spatial position, 2 on the back. For example, as shown in FIG. 4 , the guide rail unit 5 may be provided on the back surface of the front panel 2 next to the back surface of the front panel 2 . In addition, the guide rail unit 5 can also be disposed on the side of the main body 1. In this case, when the guide rail unit 5 is disposed on the side of the main body 1, because the front panel 2 is disposed on the front (front) of the main body 1, the main body 1 It is located on the back of the front panel 2, so the guide rail unit 5 provided on the side of the main body 1 must actually be located on the back of the front panel 2. That is, at this time, it can also be understood that the guide rail unit 5 is disposed on the front panel in a spatial position. The back of 2 (but not necessarily next to the back of front panel 2). In addition, the guide rail unit 5 can also be provided on the back of the main body 1. In this case, since the main body 1 is located on the back of the front panel 2, the guide rail unit 5 located on the back of the main body 1 must actually be located on the front panel 2. The back surface, that is, at this time, it can also be understood that the guide rail unit 5 is spatially disposed on the back surface of the front panel 2 (located on the back surface of the front panel 2 across the main body 2).
另外,在图示的例子中,滑块单元3的标注位置仅仅是例示,滑块单元3可以位于摆臂单元4的后述的外壳45内。即,滑块单元3可以被收纳隐藏在摆臂单元4的部分外壳之内而看不见。在本发明中,滑块单元3和摆臂单元5均由多个部件构成,为了便于理解,以图示所标注的位置表示滑块单元3的所在位置,并不一定代表该部件即为滑块单元3。In addition, in the illustrated example, the marked position of the slider unit 3 is just an example, and the slider unit 3 may be located in the housing 45 of the swing arm unit 4 to be described later. That is, the slider unit 3 can be stored and hidden within a part of the housing of the swing arm unit 4 without being visible. In the present invention, both the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 5 are composed of multiple components. For ease of understanding, the position marked in the figure represents the location of the slider unit 3, which does not necessarily mean that the component is the slider unit. Block unit 3.
以下,在本发明的附图中,为了便于说明,如图3、图4以及图11和图31所示,以导轨单元5设置于主体部1的侧面(图3中的左右两侧)为例进行说明,但本发明并不局限于此,如上所述,图示中的导轨单元5设置于主体部1的侧面仅仅是导轨单元5被设置于前面板2的背面的一个例子。In the drawings of the present invention, for convenience of explanation, as shown in FIGS. 3, 4, 11 and 31, the guide rail unit 5 is provided on the side of the main body 1 (the left and right sides in FIG. 3). Examples are provided for description, but the present invention is not limited thereto. As mentioned above, the guide rail unit 5 in the figure is provided on the side of the main body 1 is just an example in which the guide rail unit 5 is provided on the back of the front panel 2 .
另外,如图3~图11所示,在本发明的一个实施例中,摆臂单元4的摆臂42(关于摆臂42将在后面进行说明)整体大致呈长条形例如棒状,但本发明并不局限于此,也可以形成为截面呈矩形的长条形,或者其他截面形状的长条形,或者其它的形状。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 3 to 11 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4 (the swing arm 42 will be described later) is generally in a long strip shape, such as a rod shape. However, this invention The invention is not limited thereto, and may also be formed into a long strip with a rectangular cross-section, a long strip with other cross-sectional shapes, or other shapes.
另外,在本发明中,摆臂单元4与滑块单元3相连接。此处,为 了便于理解和说明,将摆臂单元4的与滑块单元3相连接的一端称为基端(图2中的摆臂单元4的上侧一端),将摆臂单元4的与基端相对的另一端(即,摆臂单元4的没有与滑块单元3相连接的一端,图2中的摆臂单元4的下侧一端)称为前端。换句话说,在本发明中,摆臂单元4的前端和摆臂单元4的基端是指摆臂单元4在其长度方向上相对的两个端部。In addition, in the present invention, the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 are connected. Here, for In order to facilitate understanding and explanation, the end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 is called the base end (the upper end of the swing arm unit 4 in Figure 2), and the end of the swing arm unit 4 opposite to the base end is called The other end (that is, the end of the swing arm unit 4 that is not connected to the slider unit 3, the lower end of the swing arm unit 4 in FIG. 2) is called the front end. In other words, in the present invention, the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and the base end of the swing arm unit 4 refer to the two opposite ends of the swing arm unit 4 in the length direction thereof.
另外,如上所述,在本发明中,主要示出了在主体部1的侧面设置有两个导轨单元5的情况。其中,优选两个导轨单元5具有相同的结构,并且在各导轨单元5上分别设置有能够在其上滑动的滑块单元3且各滑块单元3分别连接有摆臂单元4。在本说明书中,根据说明的需要,有时仅以主体部1的其中一侧的滑块单元3、摆臂单元4和导轨单元5为例进行说明,而省略对另一侧的结构进行说明。另外,为了便于理解,有时也将位于一侧的滑块单元3、摆臂单元4和导轨单元5统称为“摆臂连接结构”。另外,如图7所示,在本发明的一个优选实施例中,当使用者在面朝健身设备F时,优选健身设备F的前面板2以中心线L为对称线呈中心对称,并且上述的两个摆臂连接结构在健身设备F的左右两侧相对于中心线L呈左右对称地设置。In addition, as mentioned above, in this invention, the case where two guide rail units 5 are provided mainly on the side surface of the main body part 1 is shown. Among them, it is preferred that the two guide rail units 5 have the same structure, and each guide rail unit 5 is provided with a slider unit 3 that can slide thereon, and each slider unit 3 is connected to a swing arm unit 4 respectively. In this specification, depending on the needs of explanation, sometimes only the slider unit 3, the swing arm unit 4 and the guide rail unit 5 on one side of the main body 1 are used as an example, and the description of the structure on the other side is omitted. In addition, for ease of understanding, the slider unit 3, the swing arm unit 4 and the guide rail unit 5 located on one side are sometimes collectively referred to as the "swing arm connection structure". In addition, as shown in Figure 7, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, when the user faces the fitness equipment F, it is preferred that the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F is centrally symmetrical with the center line L as the symmetry line, and the above-mentioned The two swing arm connection structures are arranged symmetrically on the left and right sides of the fitness equipment F relative to the center line L.
另外,为了便于说明,在本发明中,以图1~图4所示的状态下的健身设备F为例,将健身设备F(前面板2)的朝向使用者的一侧称为“正面或前面”(图1中的朝向读者一侧、图2中的右侧),将“正面”的相反侧称为“背面或反面”(图2中的与前面板2所在一侧的相反侧,即图2中的左侧)。此外,将使用者面朝健身设备F时的左手边称为“左侧”(图1的主视图中的左侧、图3的后视图中的右侧),将使用者面朝健身设备F时的右手边称为“右侧”(图1的主视图中的右侧、图3的后视图中的左侧)。另外,在图1所示的状态下,有时也将上下方向称为“健身设备的高度方向”,将左右方向称为“健身设备的宽度方向”。在图2所示的状态下,有时也将左右方向称为“健身设备的厚度方向”或“健身设备的纵深方向”或“健身设备的前后方向”。在本发明中,这些有关方向和方位的描述仅仅是为了便于说明本发明的健身设备F的各部件间的相对位置关系而设定,如果健身设备F的姿态发生了改变,则该表示方位的用语也当然相应改变。 In addition, for the convenience of explanation, in the present invention, the fitness equipment F in the state shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 is taken as an example, and the side of the fitness equipment F (front panel 2) facing the user is called "front or side". "Front" (the side facing the reader in Figure 1, the right side in Figure 2), and the side opposite to the "front" is called the "back or reverse side" (the side opposite to the side where the front panel 2 is located in Figure 2, That is the left side in Figure 2). In addition, the left hand side when the user faces the fitness equipment F is called the "left side" (the left side in the front view of FIG. 1 and the right side in the rear view of FIG. 3 ). The right-hand side is called the "right side" (the right side in the front view of Figure 1 and the left side in the rear view of Figure 3). In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 1 , the up-and-down direction may be called the "height direction of the fitness equipment" and the left-right direction may be called the "width direction of the fitness equipment." In the state shown in FIG. 2 , the left-right direction may be called "the thickness direction of the fitness equipment" or "the depth direction of the fitness equipment" or "the front-rear direction of the fitness equipment." In the present invention, these descriptions about direction and orientation are only set for the convenience of explaining the relative positional relationship between the components of the fitness equipment F of the present invention. If the posture of the fitness equipment F changes, the orientation The terminology has of course changed accordingly.
此外,如图31~图34所示,在主体部1的内部通常还设置有作为阻力源的动力源(在本发明中,例如以电机6为例进行说明)、缠绕有绳索R的绕线盘7、能够将作为阻力源的电机6产生的阻力传递到的绕线盘7的阻力传动机构等。如图所示,绕线盘7上的绳索R在主体部1的内部经由例如滑轮或滑轮组的索引并穿过摆臂单元4的内部而从摆臂单元4穿出,并与位于摆臂单元4的前端的锻炼单元例如供使用者握持的把持部或把手部连接。在一个例子中,绕线盘7安装于电机6,当电机6转动时,绕线盘7也随之转动,当电机6的转动方向为能够卷绕起绳索R的方向时,绳索R能够被施以卷绕于绕线盘7的卷绕力,另外,当有外力拉拽绳索R时,绳索R被施以从绕线盘7被拉出的拉力,由此,健身设备F的使用者通过例如手握把持部并拉拽绳索R而能够感受到作为阻力源的电机6产生的阻力,以此来实现各种力量训练和常规锻炼。当然,电机6也可以反向于上述的转动方向而进行反向转动,此时,如果绳索R不受其它外力,则绳索R处于松弛地搭挂在绕线盘7上的状态。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 31 to 34 , a power source as a resistance source (in the present invention, for example, the motor 6 is used as an example) and a winding around which the rope R is wound are usually provided inside the main body 1 Disk 7, a resistance transmission mechanism of the winding disk 7 that can transmit the resistance generated by the motor 6 as a source of resistance, etc. As shown in the figure, the rope R on the reel 7 is passed through the inside of the swing arm unit 4 through the index of the pulley or pulley group inside the main body 1 and passes out from the swing arm unit 4 and is connected with the swing arm unit. The exercise unit at the front end of 4 is connected to, for example, a grip portion or a handle portion for the user to hold. In one example, the reel 7 is installed on the motor 6. When the motor 6 rotates, the reel 7 also rotates. When the rotation direction of the motor 6 is a direction in which the rope R can be wound, the rope R can be wound. A winding force is applied to the winding reel 7. In addition, when an external force pulls the rope R, a pulling force is applied to the rope R to be pulled out from the reel 7. Therefore, the user of the fitness equipment F For example, by holding the handle and pulling the rope R, the resistance generated by the motor 6 as a resistance source can be felt, thereby achieving various strength training and regular exercises. Of course, the motor 6 can also rotate in the opposite direction to the above-mentioned rotation direction. At this time, if the rope R is not subject to other external forces, the rope R is in a state of being hung loosely on the reel 7 .
此处,作为经由绳索R对作为阻力源的电机6产生的阻力进行传递的一个具体例子,例如,如图32所示,绕线盘7安装于电机6,卷绕于绕线盘7的绳索R经过主体部1的内部的第一定滑轮d1后,该绳索R的方向变成沿着主体部1的侧边向上,再经过位于主体部1的顶部的第二定滑轮d2而被调整为向下沿着导轨单元5的长度方向,再经过滑块单元3的第三定滑轮d3和摆臂单元4的第四定滑轮d4而进入到摆臂单元4内,其中,第三定滑轮d3和第四定滑轮d4之间的绳索R和摆臂单元4的转轴(摆臂单元4以滑块单元3为中心绕着滑块单元3在图10中在上下转动时的摆臂单元4的转轴)同轴,以确保摆臂单元4在旋转时,绳索R始终与第三定滑轮d3和第四定滑轮d4共面且相切。另外,第二定滑轮d2和第三定滑轮d3之间绳索R与导轨单元5的导轨52平行,确保滑块单元3在导轨单元5上移动时,绳索R始终保持与第二定滑轮d2和第三定滑轮d3共面且相切。接着,如图32所示,在绳索R经过摆臂单元4的第四定滑轮d4而进入到摆臂单元4内之后,绳索R进一步通过摆臂单元4的靠前端部分的腕关节滑轮d5(图示中示出了两个腕关节滑轮d5,该两个腕关节滑轮d5夹着绳索R)而 穿出摆臂单元4,穿出摆臂单元4之后的绳索R的端部作为绳索出线端(后述),在摆臂单元4的前端,可以根据需要与其它单元部件例如把持部或把手部或其它单元连接。由此,当电机6运转且转动方向为能够卷绕起绳索R的方向时,绳索R被施以卷绕于绕线盘7的卷绕力,当使用者握持着例如把持部拉拽绳索R时,绳索R被施以从绕线盘7被拉出的外力。此时,电机6施加的阻力与使用者拉拽绳索R的外力保持相反,经由各滑轮而互相传递,从而能够实现力量训练。以上仅仅为一个优选的阻力传动的例子,但本发明并不局限于此,也可以采用其它的滑轮或滑轮组或其它方式进行阻力的传递。另外,在上述说明中仅仅以图32中的一侧的阻力传递情况为例进行说明,而省略了另一侧的说明。Here, as a specific example of transmitting the resistance generated by the motor 6 as the resistance source via the rope R, for example, as shown in FIG. 32 , the bobbin 7 is attached to the motor 6 and the rope wound around the bobbin 7 After R passes through the first fixed pulley d1 inside the main body 1, the direction of the rope R becomes upward along the side of the main body 1, and then passes through the second fixed pulley d2 located at the top of the main body 1 to be adjusted to Downward along the length direction of the guide rail unit 5, and then through the third fixed pulley d3 of the slider unit 3 and the fourth fixed pulley d4 of the swing arm unit 4, and enters the swing arm unit 4, where the third fixed pulley d3 The rope R between the fourth fixed pulley d4 and the rotation axis of the swing arm unit 4 (the swing arm unit 4 rotates up and down around the slider unit 3 with the slider unit 3 as the center in Figure 10 The rotation axis) is coaxial to ensure that when the swing arm unit 4 rotates, the rope R is always coplanar and tangent to the third fixed pulley d3 and the fourth fixed pulley d4. In addition, the rope R between the second fixed pulley d2 and the third fixed pulley d3 is parallel to the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, ensuring that when the slider unit 3 moves on the guide rail unit 5, the rope R always remains in contact with the second fixed pulley d2 and the second fixed pulley d3. The third fixed pulley d3 is coplanar and tangent. Next, as shown in FIG. 32 , after the rope R passes through the fourth fixed pulley d4 of the swing arm unit 4 and enters the swing arm unit 4 , the rope R further passes through the wrist joint pulley d5 ( The figure shows two wrist joint pulleys d5, which sandwich the rope R) and Pass out the swing arm unit 4, and the end of the rope R after passing through the swing arm unit 4 is used as the rope outlet end (described later). At the front end of the swing arm unit 4, it can be connected with other unit components such as the grip part or the handle part as needed. or other unit connections. Therefore, when the motor 6 is running and the rotation direction is a direction in which the rope R can be wound, the winding force of the rope R is applied to the winding reel 7. When the user holds, for example, the handle and pulls the rope At R, an external force is exerted on the rope R to be pulled out from the reel 7 . At this time, the resistance exerted by the motor 6 remains opposite to the external force of the user pulling the rope R, and is transmitted to each other through the pulleys, so that strength training can be achieved. The above is only an example of preferred resistance transmission, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Other pulleys or pulley groups or other methods can also be used to transmit resistance. In addition, in the above description, only the resistance transmission situation of one side in FIG. 32 is taken as an example, and the description of the other side is omitted.
另外,作为阻力传动机构,可以采用行星差速齿轮、伞齿轮组或者其它任何能够传递阻力的机构,对此并无特别的限制,只要能够将作为阻力源的电机6产生的阻力传递至绕线盘7即可。此外,也可以如图34(后述)所示那样,不设置阻力传动机构而直接将绕线盘7安装于作为阻力源的电机6,对此并不特别限制。In addition, as the resistance transmission mechanism, a planetary differential gear, a bevel gear set, or any other mechanism that can transmit resistance can be used. There is no particular restriction on this, as long as the resistance generated by the motor 6 as the resistance source can be transmitted to the winding. Just plate 7. In addition, as shown in FIG. 34 (described later), the winding reel 7 may be directly attached to the motor 6 as the resistance source without providing a resistance transmission mechanism, and this is not particularly limited.
-作为阻力源或动力源的电机--Motor as a source of resistance or power-
在本发明中,例如可以使用图33、图34所示的内转子电机M来作为阻力源或动力源的电机6。具体而言,如图33、图34所示,内转子电机M主要包括:外壳M1、电机定子M2、电机转子M3,其中,电机转子M3被设置在电机定子M2内,并且电机转子M3具有作为中心轴的转子轴M4。另外,在电机转子M3上还安装有上述的绕线盘7。外壳M1能够将电机定子M2、电机转子M3和绕线盘7收纳在其内部。In the present invention, for example, the inner rotor motor M shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 can be used as the motor 6 as the resistance source or the power source. Specifically, as shown in Figures 33 and 34, the inner rotor motor M mainly includes: a casing M1, a motor stator M2, and a motor rotor M3. The motor rotor M3 is disposed in the motor stator M2, and the motor rotor M3 has as Center shaft of rotor shaft M4. In addition, the above-mentioned winding disk 7 is also installed on the motor rotor M3. The housing M1 can accommodate the motor stator M2, the motor rotor M3 and the winding reel 7 inside.
具体而言,如图34所示,绕线盘7在转子轴M4的轴向上以与电机转子M3同轴的方式层叠于电机转子M3上而被固定,外壳H将电机定子M2、设置于电机定子M2的内部的电机转子M3以及同轴地层叠固定于电机转子M3上的绕线盘7收纳在其内部。即,电机转子M3、转子轴M4和绕线盘7固定在一起而形成为一体结构并能够一起绕中心轴转动,且与电机定子M2一起被收纳于外壳M1。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 34 , the winding disk 7 is laminated and fixed on the motor rotor M3 in a coaxial manner with the motor rotor M3 in the axial direction of the rotor shaft M4 , and the housing H disposes the motor stator M2 and the motor rotor M3 . The motor rotor M3 inside the motor stator M2 and the winding disk 7 coaxially stacked and fixed on the motor rotor M3 are housed inside. That is, the motor rotor M3, the rotor shaft M4, and the winding disk 7 are fixed together to form an integrated structure and can rotate about the central axis together, and are housed in the casing M1 together with the motor stator M2.
另外,外壳M1由上端盖M5和下端盖M6形成。具体而言,上端盖M5和下端盖M6大致呈杯碗状(凹形),通过将上端盖M5和下端 盖M6扣合在一起而形成外壳M1,从而在上端盖M5与下端盖M6之间形成有收纳空间。电机定子M2、电机转子M3、转子轴M4、绕线盘7等部件均被收纳在该收纳空间内。In addition, the housing M1 is formed of an upper end cap M5 and a lower end cap M6. Specifically, the upper end cap M5 and the lower end cap M6 are roughly cup-shaped (concave-shaped). By connecting the upper end cap M5 and the lower end cap M6 The covers M6 are fastened together to form the housing M1, thereby forming a storage space between the upper end cover M5 and the lower end cover M6. The motor stator M2, the motor rotor M3, the rotor shaft M4, the winding disk 7 and other components are all stored in this storage space.
另外,作为中心轴的转子轴M4,其两端通过轴承分别固定于上端盖M5和下端盖M6,并且其中的一端还与外部阻力源等连接,从而起到了阻力输入轴的作用。In addition, the two ends of the rotor shaft M4 as the central axis are respectively fixed to the upper end cover M5 and the lower end cover M6 through bearings, and one end is also connected to an external resistance source, thereby functioning as a resistance input shaft.
另外,在绕线盘7上还缠绕有上述的绳索R,在外壳M1设置有绳索R的拉出口(未图示),从而能够从外壳M1拉拽出绳索R使阻力机构运行来进行锻炼等。关于将绳索R缠绕于绕线盘7上的方式,例如,可以使绕线盘7形成为筒形,直接将绳索R缠绕于其外周。另外,为了防止缠绕于绕线盘7上的绳索R脱落,也可以使绕线盘7形成为法兰凸缘。In addition, the above-mentioned rope R is also wound around the reel 7, and the casing M1 is provided with a pull-out port (not shown) for the rope R, so that the rope R can be pulled out from the casing M1 to operate the resistance mechanism to perform exercise, etc. . Regarding the method of winding the rope R around the bobbin 7, for example, the bobbin 7 can be formed into a cylindrical shape and the rope R can be directly wound around its outer periphery. In addition, in order to prevent the rope R wound around the reel 7 from falling off, the reel 7 may be formed into a flange.
另外,上述的内转子电机M仅为作为本发明阻力源或动力源的电机6的一个示例,但是本发明并不局限于此,还可以使用其它各种类型的电机。例如还可以使用外转子电机、设置有行星轮传动组的电机、设置有伞齿轮组的电机或者设置有其它阻力传动机构的电机等。从健身设备F的小型化以及薄形化的角度出发,优选如图33和图34所示那样,采用内转子电机并将绕线盘直接安装于电机上且收纳于外壳内。In addition, the above-mentioned inner rotor motor M is only an example of the motor 6 as the resistance source or power source of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and various other types of motors can also be used. For example, an external rotor motor, a motor provided with a planetary gear transmission set, a motor provided with a bevel gear set, or a motor provided with other resistance transmission mechanisms may also be used. From the perspective of miniaturization and thinning of the fitness equipment F, it is preferable to use an inner-rotor motor and mount the winding disk directly on the motor and store it in the casing as shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 .
另外,因为本发明主要涉及健身设备的摆臂连接结构,所以在以下的说明和附图中有时会省略对作为阻力源的电机6、绕线盘7、绳索R等结构进行说明而只对与摆臂连接结构有关的内容进行详细说明。In addition, since the present invention mainly relates to the swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, in the following description and drawings, the description of the motor 6, the coil reel 7, the rope R and other structures as the resistance source are sometimes omitted, and only the structure of the The details related to the swing arm connection structure will be explained in detail.
另外,在以下的说明中,以健身设备F的前面板2呈竖直状态放置并且在健身设备F的左右两侧相对于中心线L呈中心对称地各设置有一个摆臂连接结构(滑块单元3、摆臂单元4、导轨单元5)的情况为例进行说明。In addition, in the following description, the front panel 2 of the fitness equipment F is placed in a vertical state, and a swing arm connection structure (slider) is provided on the left and right sides of the fitness equipment F in a symmetrical manner with respect to the center line L. The case of unit 3, swing arm unit 4, and guide rail unit 5) will be described as an example.
-前面板--Front panel-
在本发明中,考虑到材料的成本,前面板2可以是普通的板材例如普通塑料板或高硬度塑料等,但是也可以是显示面板和操作面板(例如液晶显示屏、触摸面板等),或者是在板材上设置显示屏和操作屏的结构。通过这样进行设计,便于健身设备F的使用者能够通过前面板2来调换想要锻炼的项目、读取并输入健身数据、实时掌控锻炼情况, 并且前面板2还能够显示健身教程视频或播放娱乐节目等。另外,除上述功能之外,也可以将前面板2制作成镜面或带显示操作功能的镜面显示设备,使得健身设备的使用者可以随时观察自己的锻炼动作并进行操作。此外,如图1~图11以及图31所示,当摆臂单元4处于收纳状态下时,如果将前面板2制作成镜面或镜面显示器的形态,则因为看不到摆臂单元4(后述),所以整个健身设备F在外观上整体呈镜面状,既可以作为镜子使用,也可以作为显示设备使用,即便是在不通电的状态下,也可以临时作为镜子例如试衣镜来使用,这就使得设备在放入到普通住宅内时,不会与通常的家居设备格格不入,不会破坏房间的整体美观性。In the present invention, considering the cost of materials, the front panel 2 can be an ordinary plate such as an ordinary plastic plate or high-hardness plastic, but can also be a display panel and an operation panel (such as a liquid crystal display, a touch panel, etc.), or It is a structure in which a display screen and an operation screen are installed on the plate. Through this design, it is convenient for the user of the fitness equipment F to change the items he wants to exercise through the front panel 2, read and input fitness data, and control the exercise situation in real time. And the front panel 2 can also display fitness tutorial videos or play entertainment programs, etc. In addition, in addition to the above functions, the front panel 2 can also be made into a mirror or a mirror display device with a display operation function, so that users of the fitness equipment can observe their own exercise movements and operate them at any time. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 11 and 31 , when the swing arm unit 4 is in the stowed state, if the front panel 2 is made into a mirror or mirror display, the swing arm unit 4 (rear panel 2) cannot be seen. (described above), so the entire fitness equipment F is mirror-like in appearance and can be used as a mirror or a display device. Even when it is not powered on, it can also be used temporarily as a mirror such as a fitting mirror. This means that when the equipment is placed in an ordinary residence, it will not be out of tune with ordinary household equipment and will not damage the overall aesthetics of the room.
另外,在本发明中,如图1~图11以及图31所示,健身设备F的摆臂单元4处于收纳状态是指:如图1所示的主视图以及图31的爆炸图所示,前面板2的正面长宽尺寸大于主体部1的正面长宽尺寸(前面板的平面尺寸能够基本覆盖主体部的平面尺寸),当健身设备F的使用者面朝前面板2而正对着健身设备F时,摆臂单元4被前面板2所挡住而不能被看到。即,收纳状态是指摆臂单元4隐藏于前面板2的背面的状态。另外,健身设备F的摆臂单元4处于工作状态是指:如后所述,滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5滑动至锻炼者能够通过摆臂单元4进行锻炼的状态,例如,图5所示的滑块单元3和摆臂单元4的基端位于导轨单元5的下端(健身设备F的底部)的状态,或者如图10所示的滑块单元3和摆臂单元4的基端位于导轨单元5的中途位置的状态。即,工作状态是指摆臂单元4从健身设备F的侧面露出,使用者能够通过对摆臂单4元进行操作来使用健身设备F的状态。In addition, in the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 11 and 31 , the fact that the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F is in the stowed state means: as shown in the front view of FIG. 1 and the exploded view of FIG. 31 , The front length and width of the front panel 2 are larger than the front length and width of the main body 1 (the plane size of the front panel can basically cover the plane size of the main body). When the user of the fitness equipment F faces the front panel 2 and faces the fitness In equipment F, the swing arm unit 4 is blocked by the front panel 2 and cannot be seen. That is, the stored state refers to a state in which the swing arm unit 4 is hidden on the back surface of the front panel 2 . In addition, the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F is in a working state means that, as described later, the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail unit 5 to a state where the exerciser can exercise through the swing arm unit 4, for example, as shown in Figure 5 The base ends of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are shown to be located at the lower end of the guide rail unit 5 (the bottom of the fitness equipment F), or the base ends of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are located as shown in Figure 10 The state of the guide rail unit 5 at its midway position. That is, the operating state refers to a state in which the arm swing unit 4 is exposed from the side of the fitness equipment F and the user can use the fitness equipment F by operating the arm swing unit 4 .
-第一实施例--First Embodiment-
下面,对本发明的摆臂连接结构的一个具体实施例进行具体说明。参照图1~图11,在本发明中,导轨单元5设置于主体部1的左右两侧,呈直线状延伸,其延伸方向为上下方向,并且左右两侧的导轨单元5之间具有夹角。换句话说,位于主体部1的左右两侧的导轨单元5不平行,两个导轨单元5沿直线方向延伸且在延伸方向上相交。Next, a specific embodiment of the swing arm connection structure of the present invention will be described in detail. Referring to Figures 1 to 11, in the present invention, the guide rail units 5 are arranged on the left and right sides of the main body 1 and extend linearly, with the extending direction being the up and down direction, and there is an included angle between the guide rail units 5 on the left and right sides. . In other words, the guide rail units 5 located on the left and right sides of the main body 1 are not parallel, and the two guide rail units 5 extend in a linear direction and intersect in the extending direction.
此处,所谓的“上下方向”并不限定为几何意义上的竖直上下(铅垂上下),例如还包含相对于竖直方向稍微倾斜一定角度的情况。另外, 如上所述,对于“将导轨单元5设置于主体部1的左右两侧”并不仅限于紧挨着主体部1的两侧边设置导轨单元5,只要导轨单元5在空间位置关系上位于主体部1的左右两侧即可。例如,可以根据需要将导轨单元5设置在位于主体部1的两侧但与主体部的左右侧边隔开一定间隔的位置,或者也可以在健身设备F的厚度方向上将导轨单元5设置在主体部1的背面的左右两侧的位置(例如沿健身设备F的厚度方向从正面至背面依次层叠设置前面板2、主体部1、导轨单元5)。即,在本发明中,对导轨单元5的具体设置位置并不限制,只要两侧的导轨单元5之间具有夹角即可。另外,因为滑块单元3在导轨单元5上滑动,所以导轨单元5的延伸方向实际上也是滑块单元3在其上滑动时的滑动方向。Here, the so-called "up and down direction" is not limited to the vertical up and down (vertical up and down) in the geometric sense, but also includes, for example, a slight inclination at a certain angle with respect to the vertical direction. in addition, As mentioned above, "arranging the guide rail units 5 on the left and right sides of the main body 1" is not limited to arranging the guide rail units 5 immediately adjacent to both sides of the main body 1, as long as the guide rail units 5 are located on the main body in terms of spatial position. Just the left and right sides of 1. For example, the guide rail unit 5 may be disposed on both sides of the main body 1 but at a certain distance from the left and right sides of the main body 1 as needed, or the guide rail unit 5 may be disposed in the thickness direction of the fitness equipment F. The positions on the left and right sides of the back of the main body 1 (for example, the front panel 2, the main body 1, and the guide rail unit 5 are stacked in order from the front to the back along the thickness direction of the fitness equipment F). That is, in the present invention, the specific installation position of the guide rail unit 5 is not limited, as long as there is an included angle between the guide rail units 5 on both sides. In addition, because the slider unit 3 slides on the guide rail unit 5, the extending direction of the guide rail unit 5 is actually the sliding direction when the slider unit 3 slides thereon.
具体而言,在本发明的一个具体实施例中,主体部1大致呈等腰梯形(例如参照后视图的图3或爆炸图的图31),导轨单元5分别沿着主体部1的两侧边(例如图3中的主体部1的作为等腰梯形的腰的左右两个侧边)而设置在主体部1的两侧。因此,在该具体实施例中,导轨单元5的延伸方向实际上是大致沿着呈等腰梯形的主体部1的侧边的延伸方向。此时,因为主体部1的两侧边被作为等腰梯形的腰,所以两侧边形成为相对具有夹角,因此设置在主体部1的左右两侧边的导轨单元5之间也同样具有夹角。换句话说,设置于主体部1的两侧的导轨单元5不平行,在延伸方向上有相交的趋势。Specifically, in a specific embodiment of the present invention, the main body 1 is roughly in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid (for example, refer to Figure 3 of the rear view or Figure 31 of the exploded view), and the guide rail units 5 are respectively along both sides of the main body 1 The sides (for example, the left and right sides of the main body 1 as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid in FIG. 3 ) are provided on both sides of the main body 1 . Therefore, in this specific embodiment, the extension direction of the guide rail unit 5 is actually substantially along the extension direction of the side of the isosceles trapezoidal main body part 1 . At this time, since the two sides of the main body 1 are used as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid, the two sides are formed to have an included angle relative to each other. Therefore, the guide rail units 5 provided on the left and right sides of the main body 1 also have an included angle. angle. In other words, the guide rail units 5 provided on both sides of the main body 1 are not parallel and tend to intersect in the extending direction.
另外,此处仅仅是为了对导轨单元5的设置进行说明而以主体部1大致呈等腰梯形且导轨单元5设置于主体部1的两侧边的情况为例进行说明,但是本发明并不局限于此,主体部1可以为任意的形状,例如,当导轨单元5设置于主体部1的侧边时,主体部1也可以为三角形或其它形状,只要主体部1具有两条在延伸方向上不平行(相交)的侧边即可。另外,在本发明中,优选主体部1的两条侧边相对于中心线L呈中心对称(例如,类似于等腰梯形的两个腰),因此对主体部的具体形状不做具体限定。从健身设备的稳定性和收纳性的角度出发,优选主体部1大致呈图31所示的等腰梯形。In addition, here only to illustrate the installation of the guide rail unit 5, the case where the main body 1 is roughly isosceles trapezoidal and the guide rail units 5 are installed on both sides of the main body 1 is taken as an example. However, the present invention does not Limited to this, the main body 1 can be in any shape. For example, when the guide rail unit 5 is disposed on the side of the main body 1 , the main body 1 can also be in a triangular or other shape, as long as the main body 1 has two strips in the extending direction. Just go up the sides that are not parallel (intersecting). In addition, in the present invention, it is preferable that the two sides of the main body 1 are centrally symmetrical with respect to the center line L (for example, similar to the two waists of an isosceles trapezoid), so the specific shape of the main body is not specifically limited. From the perspective of stability and storageability of the fitness equipment, it is preferable that the main body 1 is roughly in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid as shown in FIG. 31 .
另外,导轨单元5也没有必要必须沿着主体部1的两侧边设置,只要两个导轨单元5在延伸方向上不平行即可。另外,如上所述,对 于“将导轨单元5设置于主体部1的两侧”,只要在空间位置关系上导轨单元5位于主体部1的两侧即可,例如,也可以将导轨单元5设置于主体部1的背面的两侧(沿着健身设备F的厚度方向依次设置主体部1和导轨单元5,使导轨单元5位于主体部1的背面并位于两侧),对此并不限定。但是,从减少装置的厚度使其薄型化以及滑块单元3与导轨单元5之间的滑动稳定性和安全性的角度出发,优选在宽度方向上紧挨着主体部1将导轨单元5设置于主体部1的侧边。In addition, the guide rail units 5 do not have to be arranged along both sides of the main body 1 , as long as the two guide rail units 5 are not parallel in the extending direction. In addition, as mentioned above, for In "arrange the guide rail units 5 on both sides of the main body 1", it only suffices that the guide rail units 5 are located on both sides of the main body 1 in terms of spatial position. For example, the guide rail units 5 can also be disposed on the back of the main body 1. (the main body 1 and the guide rail unit 5 are arranged in sequence along the thickness direction of the fitness equipment F, so that the guide rail unit 5 is located on the back of the main body 1 and on both sides), this is not limited. However, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the device and improving the sliding stability and safety between the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 , it is preferable to dispose the guide rail unit 5 next to the main body 1 in the width direction. The side of the main body 1.
-第二实施例--Second Embodiment-
下面,对本发明的摆臂连接结构的另一个具体实施例进行具体说明。在另一个具体实施例中,前面板2大致呈矩形,为了便于说明,如图1、图3和图9所示,将该具体实施例的矩形的前面板2的四条边分别命名为第一侧边21(图1的主视图中的左侧的侧边、图3的后视图中的右侧的侧边)、第二侧边(图1的主视图中的右侧的侧边、图3的后视图中的左侧的侧边)22、顶边23、底边24。两个导轨单元5位于前面板2的背面,与上述第一实施例相同,两个导轨单元5沿直线方向延伸且在延伸方向上相交。即,左右两侧的两个导轨单元5之间具有夹角。Next, another specific embodiment of the swing arm connection structure of the present invention will be described in detail. In another specific embodiment, the front panel 2 is generally rectangular. For ease of explanation, as shown in Figures 1, 3 and 9, the four sides of the rectangular front panel 2 of this specific embodiment are named first. The side 21 (the left side in the front view of FIG. 1 and the right side in the rear view of FIG. 3), the second side (the right side in the front view of FIG. 1, FIG. The left side (side) 22, top edge 23, and bottom edge 24 in the rear view of 3. The two guide rail units 5 are located on the back side of the front panel 2. Same as the above-mentioned first embodiment, the two guide rail units 5 extend in the linear direction and intersect in the extension direction. That is, there is an included angle between the two guide rail units 5 on the left and right sides.
如图所示,在不考虑主体部1的具体形状的前提下,左右两侧的导轨单元5之间具有夹角是指,例如设置于主体部1的左右两侧的导轨单元5相对于各自所在一侧的前面板2的侧边(图1、图3、图9中的前面板2的第一侧边21和第二侧边22)具有规定的角度。As shown in the figure, without considering the specific shape of the main body 1 , the included angle between the left and right guide rail units 5 means that, for example, the guide rail units 5 provided on the left and right sides of the main body 1 are relative to each other. The side edges of the front panel 2 on one side (the first side edge 21 and the second side edge 22 of the front panel 2 in FIGS. 1, 3, and 9) have a predetermined angle.
具体而言,前面板2大致呈矩形,如后述的透视图的图9所示,左侧的导轨单元5不与前面板2的左侧边(第一侧边21)平行而是相对于前面板2的左侧边(第一侧边21)具有规定的角度,且右侧的导轨单元5不与前面板2的右侧边(第二侧边22)平行而是相对于前面板2的右侧边(第二侧边22)具有规定的角度。换句话说,左侧的导轨单元5与右侧的导轨单元5并不平行而是随着向前面板2的顶端(顶边23)去而逐渐靠拢(靠拢的趋势)。由此,如图3的后视图和图9的透视图所示,两个导轨单元5的延伸方向不平行,两个导轨单元5的延伸方向随着向主体部1的上方去有交叉的趋势(在延伸方向交叉),两个导轨单元5之间有夹角。此时,在图3的后视图和图7~图9的透 视图中,两个导轨单元5与主体部1的顶边23和底边24所围成的区域大致呈等腰梯形,并且腰宽越向上越窄(两个导轨单元5的延伸方向随着向主体部1的上方去有交叉的趋势)。此处,所谓的“相交”或者“交叉”是指两个导轨单元5有相交的趋势即可(例如导轨单元的延长线在延伸方向上相交),并非特指有实际的交点。Specifically, the front panel 2 is substantially rectangular. As shown in FIG. 9 of a perspective view described later, the left guide rail unit 5 is not parallel to the left side (first side 21 ) of the front panel 2 but is opposite to the left side (first side 21 ) of the front panel 2 . The left side (first side 21 ) of the front panel 2 has a predetermined angle, and the right rail unit 5 is not parallel to the right side (second side 22 ) of the front panel 2 but is relative to the front panel 2 The right side (second side 22) of has a prescribed angle. In other words, the guide rail unit 5 on the left side and the guide rail unit 5 on the right side are not parallel but gradually move closer (a tendency to get closer) toward the top end (top edge 23 ) of the front panel 2 . Therefore, as shown in the rear view of FIG. 3 and the perspective view of FIG. 9 , the extending directions of the two guide rail units 5 are not parallel, and the extending directions of the two guide rail units 5 tend to cross as they go upwards of the main body 1 . (crossing in the extending direction), there is an included angle between the two guide rail units 5 . At this time, in the rear view of Figure 3 and the perspective view of Figures 7 to 9 In the view, the area enclosed by the two guide rail units 5 and the top edge 23 and the bottom edge 24 of the main body 1 is roughly an isosceles trapezoid, and the waist width becomes narrower as it goes upward (the extension direction of the two guide rail units 5 increases with the direction). The upper part of the main body 1 has a tendency to cross). Here, the so-called "intersection" or "intersection" means that the two guide rail units 5 have a tendency to intersect (for example, the extension lines of the guide rail units intersect in the extension direction), and does not specifically mean that there is an actual intersection.
由此,如图3和图7~图9所示,在平面视图中,在健身设备F的背面,由前面板2的第一侧边21(左侧边)、顶边23以及左侧的导轨单元5划分出第一收纳区域A,并且由前面板2的第二侧边22(右侧边)、顶边23以及右侧的导轨单元5划分出第二收纳区域B。从图中可以看出,因为两个导轨单元5的延伸方向随着向主体部1的上方去有交叉的趋势,所以在前面板2的背面,第一收纳区域A和第二收纳区域B越靠近前面板2的顶边23(健身设备F的上部),其收纳区域的平面面积越大。Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 3 and 7 to 9 , in a plan view, on the back side of the fitness equipment F, the first side 21 (left side), the top side 23 and the left side of the front panel 2 The guide rail unit 5 defines a first storage area A, and a second storage area B is defined by the second side 22 (right side), the top side 23 of the front panel 2 and the guide rail unit 5 on the right side. It can be seen from the figure that because the extending directions of the two guide rail units 5 tend to cross as they go upwards of the main body 1, on the back side of the front panel 2, the first storage area A and the second storage area B cross The plane area of the storage area is larger closer to the top edge 23 of the front panel 2 (the upper part of the fitness equipment F).
此时,如图3和图9所示,因为滑块单元3能够沿着导轨单元5滑动,而左侧的导轨单元5和右侧的导轨单元5的延伸方向随着向上方去而有相交的趋势,所以当两个滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5滑动至靠近前面板2的顶边23位置时,两个滑块单元3处于接近状态,此时,设置于滑块单元3的摆臂单元4也随之处于接近状态。由此,当两个滑块单元3滑动至靠近前面板2的顶边23的位置时,因为第一收纳区域A和第二收纳区域B在此处的收纳面积较大,所以能够将两个滑块单元3完全收纳于健身设备F的背部区域,并且与滑块单元3连接的摆臂单元4也能够随之相应地被收纳于对应的收纳区域内。At this time, as shown in Figures 3 and 9, because the slider unit 3 can slide along the guide rail unit 5, the extension directions of the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 intersect as they go upwards. trend, so when the two slider units 3 slide along the guide rail unit 5 to a position close to the top edge 23 of the front panel 2, the two slider units 3 are in a close state. At this time, the pendulum provided on the slider unit 3 The arm unit 4 is also in a close state. Therefore, when the two slider units 3 slide to a position close to the top edge 23 of the front panel 2, since the storage areas of the first storage area A and the second storage area B are larger here, the two slider units 3 can be The slider unit 3 is completely stored in the back area of the fitness equipment F, and the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 can also be stored in the corresponding storage area accordingly.
即,当两个滑块单元3滑动至靠近前面板2的顶边23的位置(收纳状态)时,当面朝健身设备F(前面板2)时,滑块单元3和摆臂单元4能够被前面板2所遮挡。由此,使用者在面朝前面板2时看不到收纳于第一收纳区域A和第二收纳区域B的滑块单元3和摆臂单元4,从而能够将滑块单元3和摆臂单元4隐藏于前面板2的背面。That is, when the two slider units 3 slide to a position close to the top edge 23 of the front panel 2 (storage state), when facing the fitness equipment F (front panel 2), the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can be Covered by front panel 2. As a result, the user cannot see the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 stored in the first storage area A and the second storage area B when facing the front panel 2, so that the user can separate the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit. 4 is hidden on the back of the front panel 2.
因此,当健身设备F的滑块单元3和摆臂单元4处于收纳状态时,健身设备F的使用者面朝前面板2观察健身设备F时,摆臂单元4以及滑块单元3均被前面板2所挡住,因而完全看不到摆臂单元4,从而实现将摆臂单元4隐藏于前面板2的背面。 Therefore, when the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 of the fitness equipment F are in the stowed state, and the user of the fitness equipment F faces the front panel 2 to observe the fitness equipment F, both the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 are moved forward. It is blocked by the panel 2 , so the swing arm unit 4 cannot be seen at all, so that the swing arm unit 4 is hidden on the back of the front panel 2 .
由此,在本发明中,无需特别设置专门的部件,只需巧妙地利用导轨单元5和前面板2就能够在收纳状态下将摆臂单元4和滑块单元3完全收纳于健身设备F(前面板2)的背面的收纳区域,能够在收纳状态下完全实现摆臂连接结构的隐藏,可以让健身设备F的设计的一体性更强,在健身设备F闲置而处于收纳状态时,使其整体外观更加美观,适合放置于普通家住宅内,不会与其它的家具格格不入。特别是,当健身设备F闲置时,因为此时的摆臂连接结构完全不向侧面突出而被隐藏在前面板2的背后,因此显得外观更加整洁且机身更加小巧,从而使得外表更加美观,在健身设备F的正面,在收纳状态下甚至完全看不到除前面板2之外的其它零部件。尤其是,当前面板2采用镜面显示屏时,在通电时,收纳状态下的健身设备F其本身完全就可以作为一个娱乐显示装置来使用,即便是在不通电的情况下,也可以作为一面普通的镜子(例如试衣镜)来使用,不仅整体小巧紧凑,并且外表整洁美观,且易于放置于任何家庭空间内的任何位置进行使用,不会与家庭住宅中的其它家具和物品格格不入,对放置健身设备的场所没有限制,能够节省空间,并且即便闲置时也能够被充分利用,不会因为在家中设置健身设备F而破坏房间的布局和整体性。Therefore, in the present invention, there is no need to install special components, and the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 can be completely stored in the fitness equipment F ( The storage area on the back of the front panel 2) can completely hide the swing arm connection structure in the storage state, which can make the design of the fitness equipment F more integrated. When the fitness equipment F is idle and in the storage state, it can The overall appearance is more beautiful, suitable for placement in ordinary homes, and will not be out of place with other furniture. In particular, when the fitness equipment F is idle, because the swing arm connection structure does not protrude to the side at all and is hidden behind the front panel 2, the appearance is neater and the body is smaller, thereby making the appearance more beautiful. On the front of the fitness equipment F, no other parts except the front panel 2 can be seen at all in the stored state. In particular, when the front panel 2 adopts a mirror display screen, when powered on, the fitness equipment F in the stored state can be used as an entertainment display device itself, and even when not powered on, it can also be used as an ordinary display device. Used as a mirror (such as a fitting mirror), it is not only small and compact overall, but also neat and beautiful in appearance, and can be easily placed and used anywhere in any home space. It will not be out of tune with other furniture and items in the family home, and it will not be incompatible with placement. There is no limit to the location of fitness equipment, which can save space and can be fully utilized even when it is idle. The layout and integrity of the room will not be destroyed by setting up fitness equipment F at home.
另外,如图9所示,左侧的导轨单元5和右侧的导轨单元5随着向前面板2的底边24(健身设备F的底部)去,其距离越来越远而逐渐分开。因此,当想要使用健身设备F进行锻炼时,如图7~图9所示,只需沿着箭头方向向下滑动滑块单元3,使滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5向下滑动,则滑块单元3会随着两个导轨单元5的逐渐分开而从前面板2的背面的收纳区域中的面积大的区域向面积小的区域移动(图7~图9中,收纳区域A和收纳区域B中的上部为面积大的区域,越往下面积越小),并从健身设备F的侧面逐渐露出,连带着使与其连接的摆臂单元4也从前面板2的后面的收纳区域向侧面逐渐露出而使其处于工作状态。In addition, as shown in FIG. 9 , the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 gradually separate as they go toward the bottom edge 24 of the front panel 2 (the bottom of the fitness equipment F). Therefore, when you want to use the fitness equipment F for exercise, as shown in Figures 7 to 9, you only need to slide the slider unit 3 downward along the arrow direction so that the slider unit 3 slides downward along the guide rail unit 5. Then the slider unit 3 will move from a large area to a small area in the storage area on the back of the front panel 2 as the two guide rail units 5 are gradually separated (in FIGS. 7 to 9 , storage area A and storage area The upper part of the area B is a large area, and the area becomes smaller as you go down), and is gradually exposed from the side of the fitness equipment F, and the swing arm unit 4 connected to it is also moved from the storage area behind the front panel 2 to the side. Gradually exposed so that it is in working condition.
作为一个例子,图7~图9示出的是滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5滑至导轨单元5的最下端(健身设备F的最下端)的情况。此时,例如可以适用于深蹲、硬拉等训练动作。另外,如图10所示,也可以使滑块单元3滑至导轨单元5的中间位置并固定在该处位置,以适应其它 类型的锻炼项目,例如可以适用于高拉背、三头肌下压等训练动作。此时,可以通过在导轨单元5设置多个卡合孔并在滑块单元3设置能够与卡合孔相卡合的卡合销等部件使其固定在该处,由此能够根据实际的使用情况和锻炼项目将滑块单元3定位于导轨单元5上的多个部位。即,本发明可以根据各种需要,适用于摆臂位于不同高度的力量训练,仅通过一个健身设备就能够实现多种方式的锻炼,便于使用。As an example, FIGS. 7 to 9 show a situation in which the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail unit 5 to the lowermost end of the guide rail unit 5 (the lowermost end of the fitness equipment F). At this time, it can be applied to training movements such as squats and deadlifts, for example. In addition, as shown in Figure 10, the slider unit 3 can also be slid to the middle position of the guide rail unit 5 and fixed there to adapt to other Types of exercise programs, such as high pull-ups, tricep presses and other training actions. At this time, a plurality of engagement holes can be provided in the guide rail unit 5 and components such as engagement pins that can engage with the engagement holes can be provided in the slider unit 3 to fix it there, so that it can be fixed according to the actual use. The slider unit 3 is positioned at multiple locations on the guide rail unit 5 depending on the situation and exercise program. That is, the present invention can be applied to strength training with swing arms at different heights according to various needs, and can achieve various types of exercise with only one fitness equipment, which is easy to use.
-摆臂单元与滑块单元的连接方式--Connection method of swing arm unit and slider unit-
在本发明中,对于摆臂单元4与滑块单元3连接的方式没有限制,例如可以采用枢轴连接的结构或其它连接方式,优选摆臂单元4相对于滑块单元3在水平面内具有可转动的趋势的方式连接,也可以根据健身设备的功能需求,使摆臂单元4在水平面内相对于滑块单元3可转动地连接,另外,也可以是摆臂单元4相对于滑块单元3固定连接,对此没有特别限定。In the present invention, there is no limit to the way in which the swing arm unit 4 is connected to the slider unit 3. For example, a pivot connection structure or other connection methods may be used. Preferably, the swing arm unit 4 has an adjustable height relative to the slider unit 3 in the horizontal plane. The swing arm unit 4 can also be connected rotatably relative to the slider unit 3 in the horizontal plane according to the functional requirements of the fitness equipment. In addition, the swing arm unit 4 can also be connected to the slider unit 3 in a horizontal plane. Fixed connection, no special restrictions on this.
参照图12和图13,对作为摆臂单元4与滑块单元3连接的一个具体例子进行简单说明。图12是本发明的健身设备F的摆臂连接结构中的摆臂单元4与滑块单元3连接的一个例子的爆炸图,图13是本发明的健身设备的摆臂连接结构的内部结构的一个例子的示意图,其中,图13是在图1所示状态下俯视观察时的示意图。Referring to FIGS. 12 and 13 , a specific example of the connection between the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 will be briefly described. Figure 12 is an exploded view of an example of the connection between the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 in the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment F of the present invention. Figure 13 is an internal structure of the swing arm connection structure of the fitness equipment F of the present invention. A schematic diagram of an example, wherein FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram when viewed from above in the state shown in FIG. 1 .
如图12和图13所示,在本发明的一个实施例中,滑块单元3包括滑块31和将滑块31固定在其上的滑块固定座32。摆臂单元4包括摆臂固定座41、设置在摆臂固定座41上的摆臂42以及光轴43。导轨单元5包括支承座51和设置在支承座51上的导轨52。另外,滑块单元3的滑块31能够沿着导轨单元5的导轨52滑动,从而包括滑块31和与其固定的滑块固定座32在内的滑块单元3能够沿着导轨单元5的导轨52滑动。As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 , in one embodiment of the present invention, the slider unit 3 includes a slider 31 and a slider fixing base 32 that fixes the slider 31 thereon. The swing arm unit 4 includes a swing arm fixing base 41, a swing arm 42 provided on the swing arm fixing base 41, and an optical axis 43. The guide rail unit 5 includes a support base 51 and a guide rail 52 provided on the support base 51 . In addition, the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 can slide along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 including the slider 31 and the slider fixing base 32 fixed thereto can slide along the guide rail of the guide rail unit 5 . 52 slides.
另外,如图13所示,摆臂固定座41经由光轴43与滑块固定座32连接,此时,光轴43起到了类似于枢轴的作用,摆臂单元4与滑块单元3在整体上呈枢轴连接(铰接)的结构,从而能够实现摆臂固定座41与滑块固定座32具有相对枢轴转动的趋势,但此时的摆臂固定座41与滑块固定座32经由光轴43的枢轴连接并不一定必须要使两者转动,只要有转动的趋势即可(后述),但也可以枢轴转动。另外,作为 将摆臂单元4与滑块单元3枢轴连接的一个具体方式,例如,如图12、图13、图16和图19等所示,可以采用分别在滑块固定座32和摆臂固定座41设置轴套(或固定抱箍47)并将光轴43插入到轴套(或固定抱箍47)内从而经由光轴43以及轴套(或固定抱箍47)的结合将摆臂固定座41与滑块固定座32连接起来的方式,另外,也可以采用在摆臂固定座41和/或滑块固定座32设置轴承的方式对光轴43进行安装固定从而实现摆臂固定座41与滑块固定座32的连接,对此并无特别的限制。In addition, as shown in Figure 13, the swing arm fixed seat 41 is connected to the slider fixed seat 32 via the optical axis 43. At this time, the optical axis 43 plays a role similar to a pivot. The swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 are connected to each other. The overall structure is pivotally connected (hinged), so that the swing arm fixing seat 41 and the slider fixing seat 32 can have a tendency to pivot relative to each other. However, at this time, the swing arm fixing seat 41 and the slider fixing seat 32 are connected via The pivotal connection of the optical axis 43 does not necessarily require the two to rotate as long as there is a tendency to rotate (described later), but the optical axis 43 may also pivot. Additionally, as A specific way to pivotally connect the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3, for example, as shown in Figure 12, Figure 13, Figure 16 and Figure 19, etc., can be to use the slider fixed seat 32 and the swing arm fixed seat respectively. 41. Set the shaft sleeve (or fixed hoop 47) and insert the optical shaft 43 into the shaft sleeve (or fixed hoop 47) to secure the swing arm fixed base through the combination of the optical shaft 43 and the shaft sleeve (or fixed hoop 47). 41 is connected to the slider fixing base 32. In addition, the optical axis 43 can also be installed and fixed by providing bearings on the swing arm fixing base 41 and/or the slider fixing base 32 to realize the connection between the swing arm fixing base 41 and the slider fixing base 32. The connection of the slider holder 32 is not particularly limited.
另外,在图19所示的一个实施例中,光轴43是独立于滑块固定座32和摆臂固定座41的独立部件,但是并不局限于此,也可以将光轴43设置为固定在滑块固定座32或摆臂固定座41的任一方,并在另一方设置轴套或轴承并将光轴43插入其中将两者进行固定的方式(图12或图16),只要能够实现滑块固定座32与摆臂固定座41的枢轴连接,则对此并不特别限制。In addition, in an embodiment shown in FIG. 19 , the optical axis 43 is an independent component independent of the slider fixing base 32 and the swing arm fixing base 41 , but it is not limited to this, and the optical axis 43 can also be set to be fixed. The method of fixing the two by providing a sleeve or bearing on either the slider holder 32 or the swing arm holder 41 and inserting the optical axis 43 into it on the other side (Fig. 12 or Fig. 16) is as long as it can be realized The pivotal connection between the slider fixing base 32 and the swing arm fixing base 41 is not particularly limited.
在本发明中,优选的是分别在滑块固定座32和摆臂固定座41设置与光轴43的两端对应的轴套/轴承/固定抱箍,并将光轴插入到各轴套/轴承/固定抱箍中从而将滑块固定座32和摆臂固定座41连接起来的方式。另外,更优选将光轴43固定于摆臂固定座41(例如参照图12或图16,将光轴43与摆臂固定座41设置为一体),并针对光轴43的两端在滑块固定座32设置轴承或轴套或固定抱箍并将光轴43插入到轴承或轴套或固定抱箍内而实现滑块固定座32与摆臂固定座41的相对枢轴连接的方式。In the present invention, it is preferable to provide sleeves/bearings/fixing hoops corresponding to both ends of the optical axis 43 on the slider holder 32 and the swing arm holder 41 respectively, and insert the optical axis into each sleeve/ The bearing/fixed hoop is used to connect the slider holder 32 and the swing arm holder 41. In addition, it is more preferable to fix the optical axis 43 to the swing arm fixing base 41 (for example, referring to FIG. 12 or FIG. 16 , the optical axis 43 and the swing arm fixing base 41 are integrated), and the two ends of the optical axis 43 are placed on the slider. The fixed seat 32 is provided with a bearing or a sleeve or a fixed hoop, and the optical axis 43 is inserted into the bearing, axle sleeve or a fixed hoop to realize the relative pivot connection between the slider fixed seat 32 and the swing arm fixed seat 41 .
另外,通过将导轨单元5的支承座51固定于主体部1的侧面而将导轨单元5的整体安装于主体部的侧面。此外,在导轨单元5的支承座51上还有固定有导轨52,从而通过使滑块单元3的滑块31沿着导轨单元5的导轨52滑动,来实现滑块单元3的整体沿着导轨52的滑动,并且与滑块单元3连接的摆臂单元4也随之沿着导轨52滑动,从而实现摆臂单元4与滑块单元3一起沿着导轨52在大致上下方向上的移动。通过使摆臂单元4沿着导轨单元5(导轨52)在大致上下方向上滑动,使得能够根据锻炼项目以及针对不同的使用者来调整滑块单元3在高度方向上的位置从而调整摆臂单元4的所处高度。 In addition, by fixing the support base 51 of the guide rail unit 5 to the side surface of the main body 1, the entire guide rail unit 5 is attached to the side surface of the main body 1. In addition, there is a guide rail 52 fixed on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5, so that the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, so that the entire slider unit 3 moves along the guide rail. 52 slides, and the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 also slides along the guide rail 52, thereby realizing the movement of the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 along the guide rail 52 in the substantially up and down direction. By sliding the swing arm unit 4 along the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52 ) in the substantially up and down direction, the position of the slider unit 3 in the height direction can be adjusted according to exercise items and different users, thereby adjusting the swing arm unit. The height of 4.
-滑块单元相对于导轨单元的定位固定以及固定的解除-- Positioning and fixation of the slide unit relative to the guide rail unit and release of the fixation -
在本发明中,通过设置插销(卡合销)和插销孔(卡合孔)等部件,当需要滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5进行固定时,利用插销与插销孔的插入结合来使滑块单元3固定在导轨单元5的导轨52的规定位置,实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定(锁定)。此外,当需要解除滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定以实现滑块单元3的滑动时,通过使插销与插销孔相对分离使得滑块单元3与导轨单元5的定位解除,从而解除滑块单元3与导轨单元5之间的锁定,能够使滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5进行滑动,以带动其上的摆臂单元4进行移动。下面,对其结构进行具体说明。In the present invention, by providing components such as latch pins (engagement pins) and latch pin holes (engagement holes), when the slider unit 3 needs to be fixed relative to the guide rail unit 5, the insertion and combination of the latch pins and latch hole holes are used to fix the slider unit 3 to the guide rail unit 5. The block unit 3 is fixed at a predetermined position on the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 to achieve fixing (locking) of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 . In addition, when it is necessary to release the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 to realize the sliding of the slider unit 3, the positioning of the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 is released by relatively separating the latch and the latch hole, thereby releasing the sliding movement. The locking between the block unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 enables the slider unit 3 to slide along the guide rail unit 5 to drive the swing arm unit 4 thereon to move. Next, its structure will be described in detail.
(方式一)(method one)
如图12~图15所示,在导轨单元5中,沿着导轨52的长度方向在支承座51上设置有多个插销孔(卡合孔)54。此处,多个插销孔54之间的间隔可以相等,也可以针对特定的锻炼项目并根据滑块单元3的所需高度而设置于支承座51上的特定位置。此外,在图示中,以将插销孔54设置于支承座51为例进行了说明,但是对于插销孔54的设置位置,也可以不将其设置支承座51上而是直接设置于导轨52上。此处,从导轨的受力情况以及保护导轨的观点出发,优选不将插销孔54直接设置于导轨52而是将插销孔54设置在支承座51。As shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 , in the guide rail unit 5 , a plurality of latch holes (engagement holes) 54 are provided in the support base 51 along the length direction of the guide rail 52 . Here, the intervals between the plurality of latch holes 54 may be equal, or they may be arranged at specific positions on the support base 51 according to the required height of the slider unit 3 for specific exercise items. In addition, in the illustration, the latch hole 54 is provided in the support base 51 as an example. However, the latch hole 54 may be disposed directly on the guide rail 52 instead of the support base 51 . . Here, from the viewpoint of the stress on the guide rail and the protection of the guide rail, it is preferable not to provide the latch hole 54 directly in the guide rail 52 but to provide the latch hole 54 in the support base 51 .
另外,如图12~图14所示,还可以沿着导轨52的长度方向设置有高度位置传感器55,能够通过设置高度位置传感器55来检测滑块单元3(或滑块31)所处的高度位置。在本发明中,对于高度位置传感器55不做限制,例如可以使用光敏传感器,也可以使用压触式传感器,只要能够检测到滑块单元3(或滑块31)所处的高度位置,则对其不做限定。另外,优选将高度位置传感器55紧挨着支承座51设置在导轨52的相反侧,以能够更精确且更灵敏地检测出滑块31所处的高度位置。另外,因为摆臂单元4的与滑块单元3连接的基端部与滑块单元3始终保持在同一高度位置关系,因此,也可以通过对摆臂单元4的基端部进行检测来获取滑块单元3(滑块31)所处的高度位置,对此不做限定。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 14 , a height position sensor 55 may also be provided along the length direction of the guide rail 52 . By providing the height position sensor 55 , the height of the slider unit 3 (or slider 31 ) can be detected. Location. In the present invention, there is no limit to the height position sensor 55. For example, a photosensitive sensor or a pressure sensor can be used. As long as the height position of the slider unit 3 (or slider 31) can be detected, the height position sensor 55 can be used. It is not limited. In addition, it is preferable to dispose the height position sensor 55 on the opposite side of the guide rail 52 close to the support base 51 so as to detect the height position of the slider 31 more accurately and sensitively. In addition, because the base end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 and the slider unit 3 are always maintained at the same height position, the slider can also be obtained by detecting the base end of the swing arm unit 4. The height position of the block unit 3 (slider 31) is not limited.
此外,如图12~图15所示,对应于上述插销孔54,在滑块单元3 的内部设置有能够插入到该插销孔54中的插销(卡合销)343。由此,通过将插销343插入到设置于导轨单元5的不同位置处的插销孔343内,来实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的位置锁定,从而连带着实现摆臂单元4的基端部的位置锁定。另外,当根据使用者的需要,对所需位置特别是高度位置进行调整时,只需将插销343从插销孔54拔出,就能够解除滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定(锁定),滑块单元3恢复成能够在导轨单元5上进行滑动的状态,此时,只需使用者例如推动滑块3而使滑块单元3滑动至所需的高度位置,并再次将插销343插入到插销孔54内就能够实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 , corresponding to the latch hole 54 described above, in the slider unit 3 A latch (engagement pin) 343 that can be inserted into the latch hole 54 is provided inside. Thus, by inserting the latch pins 343 into the latch holes 343 provided at different positions of the guide rail unit 5, the position of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 is locked, thereby also realizing the base end of the swing arm unit 4. The position of the head is locked. In addition, when the desired position, especially the height position, is adjusted according to the needs of the user, the fixation (locking) of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 can be released by simply pulling out the latch 343 from the latch hole 54 , the slider unit 3 returns to a state in which it can slide on the guide rail unit 5. At this time, the user only needs to push the slider 3 to slide the slider unit 3 to the required height position, and insert the latch 343 again. The slider unit 3 can be fixed relative to the guide rail unit 5 by entering the latch hole 54 .
此处,作为采用插销343相对于插销孔54的插拔结合的一个具体例子,例如,如图12~图15所示,在滑块单元3内设置有能够将插销343插入到插销孔54中并能够将插销343从插销孔54拔出的高度调节部34。Here, as a specific example of using the plug-and-pull coupling of the latch 343 with respect to the latch hole 54, for example, as shown in FIGS. The height adjustment part 34 can pull out the latch 343 from the latch hole 54 .
如图14和图15所示,高度调节部34主要包括:大致呈长杆状的连接杆342;固定安装在连接杆342的上端部(图15的上下方向的上方)的调节把手341;设置于连接杆342的中途位置的插销安装部346;设置于连接杆342的下端部的固定部344;以及设置于插销安装部346的、能够相对于设置在导轨单元5的支承座51上的插销孔54进行插拔的插销343(卡合销)。As shown in FIGS. 14 and 15 , the height adjustment part 34 mainly includes: a connecting rod 342 that is generally in the shape of a long rod; an adjustment handle 341 fixedly installed on the upper end of the connecting rod 342 (upper in the up-down direction in FIG. 15 ); The latch installation part 346 at the midway position of the connecting rod 342; the fixing part 344 provided at the lower end of the connecting rod 342; and the latch installation part 346 provided relative to the latch installed on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5. The hole 54 allows the plug 343 (engagement pin) to be inserted and removed.
在本实施例中,如图12~图15所示,连接杆342整体上大致呈直线状,沿着上下方向设置,调节把手341固定设置在连接杆342的上端部,且连接杆342的上端部连同调节把手341能够从上方露出,例如,如图12和图13所示,调节把手341能够从摆臂单元4的外壳45上所开设的开口部46露出。此外,在连接杆342的中途位置设置有插销安装部346,能够将插销343安装在该插销安装部346。对于将插销343安装在插销安装部346的方式,例如,如图12~15以及后述的图17所示,可以通过采用插轴固定的方式,以插销343相对于连接杆342的长度方向(图15的上下方向)呈大致垂直的方式将插销343安装在插销安装部346,此时,如图12~15所示,在将高度调节部34安装在健身设备F上的状态下,导轨单元5(导轨52)和连接杆342整体上 大致呈直线状沿着上下方向延伸,插销343相对于连接杆342的长度方向大致垂直,所以插销343相对于导轨52(导轨单元5)也大致垂直,并且插销343向插销孔54的插入方向相对于导轨52(导轨单元5)也大致垂直。In this embodiment, as shown in Figures 12 to 15, the connecting rod 342 is generally linear in shape and is arranged along the up and down direction. The adjusting handle 341 is fixedly provided on the upper end of the connecting rod 342, and the upper end of the connecting rod 342 The adjustment handle 341 can be exposed from above. For example, as shown in FIGS. 12 and 13 , the adjustment handle 341 can be exposed from the opening 46 opened in the housing 45 of the swing arm unit 4 . In addition, a latch mounting portion 346 is provided at a midway position of the connecting rod 342, and the latch 343 can be mounted on the latch mounting portion 346. As for the method of installing the latch 343 on the latch mounting portion 346, for example, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 and FIG. 17 described later, the latch 343 can be fixed in the length direction of the connecting rod 342 ( 15 ) in a substantially vertical manner. At this time, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 , in a state where the height adjustment portion 34 is installed on the fitness equipment F, the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52) and connecting rod 342 as a whole The latch 343 extends substantially linearly along the up and down direction, and the latch 343 is approximately perpendicular to the length direction of the connecting rod 342 . Therefore, the latch 343 is also approximately perpendicular to the guide rail 52 (guide rail unit 5 ), and the latch 343 faces the insertion direction of the latch hole 54 It is also substantially perpendicular to the guide rail 52 (guide rail unit 5).
另外,连接杆342的固定部344通过枢轴或铰链等结构以可转动的方式固定于滑块单元3的内部下端。即,如图12~图15所示,高度调节部34整体上能够以固定部344为轴心绕着固定部344转动(实际上具体是以将固定部344固定的销轴等为轴心转动)。此时,当高度调节部34整体上以固定部344为轴心进行转动时,能够实现插销343相对于导轨单元5的插销孔54的插入和拔出,以实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定和固定解除,从而对滑块单元3以及与其连接的摆臂单元4进行调节定位。In addition, the fixed portion 344 of the connecting rod 342 is rotatably fixed to the inner lower end of the slider unit 3 through a pivot, a hinge, or other structures. That is, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 , the height adjustment part 34 as a whole can rotate around the fixed part 344 with the fixed part 344 as the axis (actually, specifically, it can rotate with the pin etc. fixing the fixed part 344 as the axis. ). At this time, when the height adjustment part 34 as a whole rotates with the fixed part 344 as the axis, the insertion and extraction of the latch 343 with respect to the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 can be realized, so that the slider unit 3 can be realized with respect to the guide rail unit. 5 is fixed and released, thereby adjusting and positioning the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 connected thereto.
具体而言,当使用者需要对摆臂单元4的高度位置进行调整时,使用者只需用手扣住高度调节部34的调节把手341,在图15所示状态下沿着逆时针方向对调节把手341施以作用力,就能够使高度调节部34以固定部344为轴心沿逆时针方向转动,从而带动设置在连接杆342上的插销343向图14的左侧移动,使插销343从导轨单元5的插销孔54拔出。当插销343从导轨单元5的插销孔54拔出时,滑块单元3和导轨单元5处于滑块单元3能够在导轨单元5上自由滑动的状态,此时,只需继续扣住调节把手341并对其进行上拉或下推,就能够实现滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5的上下滑动,从而带动摆臂单元4沿着导轨单元5进行上下移动。此时,当滑块单元3滑动到使用者想要的高度位置时,只需使用者扣住调节把手341在图15所示状态下对其施加顺时针方向的作用力,就能够使高度调节部34以固定部344为轴心沿顺时针方向转动,从而带动设置在连接杆342上的插销343向图14的右侧移动,从而使插销343插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中,实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定,完成对高度的调节。Specifically, when the user needs to adjust the height position of the swing arm unit 4, the user only needs to hold the adjustment handle 341 of the height adjustment part 34 with his hand, and adjust the height position in the counterclockwise direction in the state shown in Figure 15. When the adjustment handle 341 exerts force, the height adjustment part 34 can rotate in the counterclockwise direction with the fixed part 344 as the axis, thereby driving the latch 343 provided on the connecting rod 342 to move to the left side in FIG. 14 , causing the latch 343 Pull it out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 . When the latch 343 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are in a state where the slider unit 3 can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5. At this time, you only need to continue to hold the adjustment handle 341 By pulling it up or pushing it down, the slider unit 3 can slide up and down along the guide rail unit 5, thereby driving the swing arm unit 4 to move up and down along the guide rail unit 5. At this time, when the slider unit 3 slides to the height position desired by the user, the user only needs to hold the adjustment handle 341 and exert a clockwise force on it in the state shown in Figure 15, so that the height can be adjusted. The part 34 rotates in the clockwise direction with the fixed part 344 as the axis, thereby driving the latch 343 provided on the connecting rod 342 to move to the right side of FIG. 14 , so that the latch 343 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 to achieve The positioning of the slider unit 3 is fixed relative to the guide rail unit 5 to complete the height adjustment.
另外,为了便于高度调节部34的转动,如图12~图15所示,也可以设置插销343能够插入其中心的例如螺旋弹簧等的弹簧件345。在图示的例子中,通过将插销343设置成具有台阶差的凸缘部(例如类似于螺栓头的形状结构)并将插销343的凸缘部的直径设置为大于作为 螺旋弹簧的弹簧件345的直径,使得能够将弹簧件345保持在插销343的凸缘部(图15中的插销343的凸缘部的左端)与滑块单元3的外壳(例如滑块固定座32)之间而不会掉落。此时,优选当插销343插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中时,弹簧件345处于被压缩的状态,由此能够利用弹簧件345抵接插销343的凸缘部时对插销343施加的推力来锁定滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定。另外,优选当插销343从导轨单元5的插销孔54中被拔出时,弹簧件345此时能够进一步被压缩,使得能够当滑块单元3滑动到规定的高度位置时,能够利用弹簧件345的弹性恢复力,协助使用者操作高度调节部34将插销343重新插入到插销孔54中以实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位。上述的弹簧件345的设定仅仅为一个示例,也可以对弹簧件345两端的抵接位置进行变更,也可以对各状态下的压缩和拉伸情况进行变更,或者也可以将其一端固定于其它部件上。优选对弹簧件345进行设定,使其在插销343插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中时能够起到锁定滑块单元3与导轨单元5的相对固定,在将插销343从插销孔54拔出后并再次插入到其它插销孔54时能够起到辅助插入的作用。In addition, in order to facilitate the rotation of the height adjustment part 34, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 , a spring member 345 such as a coil spring may be provided in the center of which the latch 343 can be inserted. In the illustrated example, by arranging the latch 343 to have a stepped flange portion (for example, a shape similar to a bolt head) and setting the diameter of the flange portion of the latch 343 to be larger than that of the latch 343 . The diameter of the spring member 345 of the coil spring is such that the spring member 345 can be held between the flange portion of the latch 343 (the left end of the flange portion of the latch 343 in FIG. 15 ) and the housing of the slider unit 3 (such as the slider holder). 32) without falling. At this time, it is preferable that when the latch 343 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, the spring member 345 is in a compressed state, so that the thrust exerted on the latch 343 when the spring member 345 abuts the flange portion of the latch 343 can be utilized. To lock the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 . In addition, preferably when the latch 343 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, the spring member 345 can be further compressed at this time, so that when the slider unit 3 slides to a prescribed height position, the spring member 345 can be used The elastic restoring force assists the user to operate the height adjustment portion 34 to reinsert the latch 343 into the latch hole 54 to position the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 . The above setting of the spring member 345 is only an example. The contact positions of both ends of the spring member 345 can also be changed, the compression and tension conditions in each state can also be changed, or one end of the spring member 345 can be fixed on on other parts. The spring member 345 is preferably set so that when the latch 343 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, it can lock the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 relative to each other. When the latch 343 is pulled out from the latch hole 54, After being pulled out and inserted into other latch holes 54 again, it can play a role of assisting insertion.
另外,在本发明中,对连接杆342的具体形状没有限制,可以为截面矩形或截面为圆形的长杆状,考虑到插销343的相对于插销安装部346的安装固定以及固定部344的可转动固定,优选将连接杆342设置成截面为凹形(凹槽形、コ形)的形状,由此便于利用插轴或拴插等部件对插销343和固定部344进行安装固定。另外,考虑到插销343插入到插销孔54的顺滑性等因素,如图12~图15或后述的图17所示,优选采用拴插等方式可松动地(例如有一定的转动余量)将插销343安装到插销安装部346,使其有一定的偏差余量,使得在操作高度调节部34对插销343相对于插销孔54进行插拔时更加顺滑。In addition, in the present invention, there is no restriction on the specific shape of the connecting rod 342, and it can be a long rod with a rectangular cross-section or a circular cross-section, taking into account the installation and fixation of the latch 343 relative to the latch mounting part 346 and the fixing part 344. It is rotatable and fixed. It is preferable to set the connecting rod 342 in a concave (groove-shaped, U-shaped) cross-section, so that the latch 343 and the fixing part 344 can be easily installed and fixed by using components such as a plug shaft or a bolt. In addition, considering factors such as the smoothness of the latch 343 being inserted into the latch hole 54, as shown in FIGS. 12 to 15 or the later-described FIG. ) Install the latch 343 to the latch installation part 346 with a certain deviation margin, so that the latch 343 can be inserted and removed from the latch hole 54 more smoothly when the height adjustment part 34 is operated.
另外,在图示的例子中,为了便于安装调节把手341而将连接杆342的上端部形成为弯折状,使得连接杆342的整体大致呈L形,但是本发明并不局限于此,也可以将连接杆342形成为其它形状。In addition, in the example shown in the figure, in order to facilitate the installation of the adjustment handle 341, the upper end of the connecting rod 342 is formed in a bent shape, so that the entire connecting rod 342 is generally L-shaped, but the present invention is not limited to this. The connecting rod 342 may be formed into other shapes.
(方式二)(Method 2)
在上述“方式一”中,以通过手动方式进行插销相对于插销孔的插拔操作以调节滑块单元3的高度位置的情况为例进行了说明,但本 发明并不局限于此,也可以使用其它方式进行插销相对于插销孔的插拔。在本发明中,作为插销相对于插销孔的插拔以实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定以及固定解除的另一种方式,例如,能够利用电机以及凸轮结构等自动地对滑块单元3的高度位置进行调节。In the above "Method 1", the case of manually inserting and removing the latch relative to the latch hole to adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 is explained as an example. However, this method The invention is not limited to this, and other methods can also be used to insert and remove the plug relative to the plug hole. In the present invention, as another way of inserting and removing the latch with respect to the latch hole to realize the positioning, fixation and release of the slider unit 3 with respect to the guide rail unit 5, for example, a motor and a cam structure can be used to automatically align the slider unit 3 with the guide rail unit 5. The height position of block unit 3 is adjusted.
具体而言,如图16~图18所示,在滑块单元3内设置有能够将插销353插入到插销孔54中并能够将插销353从插销孔54拔出的高度调节部35,该高度调节部35主要包括:大致呈长杆状的连接杆352;固定安装在连接杆352的上端部(图17和图18的上下方向的上方)的凸轮抵接部351;设置于连接杆352的中途位置的插销安装部358;设置于连接杆352的下端部的固定部354;以及设置于插销安装部358的、能够相对于设置在导轨单元5的支承座51上的插销孔54进行插拔的插销353(卡合销)。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18 , the slider unit 3 is provided with a height adjustment portion 35 capable of inserting the latch 353 into the latch hole 54 and extracting the latch 353 from the latch hole 54 . The adjustment part 35 mainly includes: a connecting rod 352 that is generally in the shape of a long rod; a cam contact part 351 fixedly installed on the upper end of the connecting rod 352 (upper part in the up-down direction of FIGS. 17 and 18 ); The latch mounting part 358 at the midway position; the fixing part 354 provided at the lower end of the connecting rod 352; and the latch mounting part 358 is capable of being inserted and removed from the latch hole 54 provided on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5 The latch 353 (latching pin).
在本实施例中,如图16~图18所示,与上述“方式一”大致相同,连接杆352整体上大致呈直线状,沿着上下方向设置。另外,本实施例中不设置调节把手而是在连接杆352的上端部固定设置有凸轮抵接部351。此外,在连接杆352的中途位置同样设置有插销安装部358,能够将插销353安装在该插销安装部358。对于将插销353安装在插销安装部358的方式,与上述的“方式一”也大致相同,例如,如图17和图18所示,可以通过采用插轴固定的方式,以插销353相对于连接杆352的长度方向(图17和图18的上下方向)呈大致垂直的方式将插销353安装在插销安装部358,此时,如图17和图18所示,在将高度调节部35安装在健身设备F上的状态下,导轨单元5(导轨52)和连接杆352整体上大致呈直线状沿着上下方向延伸,插销353相对于连接杆352的长度方向大致垂直,所以插销353相对于导轨52(导轨单元5)也大致垂直,并且插销353向插销孔54的插入方向相对于导轨52(导轨单元5)也大致垂直。In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18 , substantially the same as the above-mentioned "method 1", the connecting rod 352 is substantially straight as a whole and is arranged along the up and down direction. In addition, in this embodiment, an adjustment handle is not provided, but a cam contact portion 351 is fixedly provided at the upper end of the connecting rod 352 . In addition, a latch mounting portion 358 is also provided at a midway position of the connecting rod 352, and the latch 353 can be mounted on the latch mounting portion 358. The method of installing the latch 353 on the latch mounting portion 358 is roughly the same as the above-mentioned "Method 1". For example, as shown in Figures 17 and 18, the latch 353 can be fixed relative to the connection by using a plug shaft fixation method. The length direction of the rod 352 (the up-and-down direction in FIGS. 17 and 18 ) is substantially vertical, and the latch 353 is installed on the latch mounting portion 358 . At this time, as shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 , the height adjustment portion 35 is installed on When the fitness equipment F is on the fitness equipment F, the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52) and the connecting rod 352 extend in a substantially straight line in the up and down direction as a whole, and the latch 353 is approximately perpendicular to the length direction of the connecting rod 352, so the latch 353 is relative to the guide rail. 52 (rail unit 5) is also substantially vertical, and the insertion direction of the latch 353 into the latch hole 54 is also substantially perpendicular to the guide rail 52 (rail unit 5).
另外,如图16~图18所示,在本实施方式中,与上述的“方式一”的不同之处还在于高度调节部35包括具有转轴的电机356以及与电机356的转轴固定连接的凸轮355。如图17所示,本方式中的高度调节部35的凸轮355的凸轮面能够与凸轮抵接部351相抵接,当电机356转动时,凸轮355也随之转动,在凸轮355转动过程中,当凸轮抵接 部351与凸轮355的抵接位置从凸轮355的凸轮面的高度较低的位置逐渐来到凸轮面的高度较高的位置时,凸轮355的凸轮面(凸轮轮廓)会对与其抵接的凸轮抵接部351施加作用力,使得能够将凸轮抵接部351向远离导轨单元5的方向推开(在图17和图18中被推向左侧),从而使得高度调节部35整体上能够以固定部354为轴心进行转动(在图17和图18中例如以固定部354为轴心沿逆时针方向转动),由此能够带动安装在插销安装部358的插销353使其远离导轨单元5的插销孔54,将插销353从导轨单元5的插销孔54拔出,从而实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定解除。In addition, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18 , in this embodiment, the difference from the above-mentioned "Mode 1" is that the height adjustment part 35 includes a motor 356 with a rotating shaft and a cam fixedly connected to the rotating shaft of the motor 356 355. As shown in Figure 17, the cam surface of the cam 355 of the height adjustment portion 35 in this mode can contact the cam contact portion 351. When the motor 356 rotates, the cam 355 also rotates. During the rotation of the cam 355, When the cam contacts When the contact position between the portion 351 and the cam 355 gradually moves from the position where the cam surface of the cam 355 is lower to the position where the cam surface is higher, the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 will move against the cam in contact with it. The contact portion 351 exerts a force so that the cam contact portion 351 can be pushed away from the guide rail unit 5 (to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), so that the height adjustment portion 35 can be adjusted as a whole. The fixed portion 354 rotates about its axis (in FIGS. 17 and 18 , for example, it rotates counterclockwise about the fixed portion 354 ), thereby driving the latch 353 installed on the latch mounting portion 358 to move away from the guide rail unit 5 The latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 is pulled out, and the latch 353 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, thereby realizing the release of the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5.
另外,随着电机356的转动,当凸轮抵接部351与凸轮355的抵接位置从凸轮355的凸轮面的高度较高的位置逐渐来到凸轮面的高度较低的位置时,凸轮355的凸轮面(凸轮轮廓)不对与其抵接的凸轮抵接部351施加作用力,使得凸轮抵接部351能够向接近导轨单元5的方向返回(在图17和图18中被推向左侧),即,能够使高度调节部35整体上以固定部354为轴心进行转动(在图17和图18中例如以固定部354为轴心沿顺时针方向转动),由此能够带动安装在插销安装部358的插销353使其插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54内,实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定。In addition, as the motor 356 rotates, when the contact position of the cam contact portion 351 and the cam 355 gradually moves from a position where the height of the cam surface of the cam 355 is higher to a position where the height of the cam surface is lower, the cam 355 The cam surface (cam profile) does not apply force to the cam contact portion 351 in contact with it, so that the cam contact portion 351 can return toward the guide rail unit 5 (pushed to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), That is, the height adjustment portion 35 can be rotated as a whole with the fixing portion 354 as the axis (in FIGS. 17 and 18 , for example, in the clockwise direction with the fixation portion 354 as the axis), thereby being able to drive the installation on the latch mounting device. The latch 353 of the portion 358 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 to realize the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 .
另外,为了能够随着凸轮355的转动而使凸轮抵接部351的抵接位置从凸轮面的高度较高的位置逐渐返回到凸轮面的高度较低的位置以使插销353恢复到插入至插销孔54中的状态即实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定,还可以在高度调节部35进一步设置有复位件。具体而言,作为复位件的一个具体例子,如图16~图18所示,高度调节部35还设置有插销353能够插入其中心的例如螺旋弹簧等的弹簧件357。在图示的例子中,与上述的“方式一”相同,通过将插销353设置成具有台阶差的凸缘部(例如类似于螺栓头的形状结构)并将插销353的凸缘部的直径设置为大于作为螺旋弹簧的弹簧件357的直径,使得能够将弹簧件357保持在插销353的凸缘部(图17中的插销353的凸缘部的左端)与滑块单元3的外壳(例如滑块固定座32)之间而不会掉落。此时,优选当插销353插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中时,弹簧件357处于被压缩的状态,由此能够利用弹簧件357抵接插销353 的凸缘部时对插销353施加的推力来锁定滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定。另外,优选当插销353从导轨单元5的插销孔54中被拔出时,弹簧件357此时能够进一步被压缩,使得能够当滑块单元3滑动到规定的高度位置时,能够利用弹簧件357的弹性恢复力,将插销343重新插入到插销孔54中以实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位。上述的弹簧件357的设定仅仅为一个示例,也可以对弹簧件357两端的抵接位置进行变更,也可以对各状态下的压缩和拉伸情况进行变更,或者也可以将其一端固定于其它部件上。优选对弹簧件357进行设定,使其在插销353插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中时能够起到锁定滑块单元3与导轨单元5的相对固定,在将插销353从插销孔54拔出后并再次插入到其它插销孔54时能够起到辅助插入的作用。In addition, in order to be able to gradually return the contact position of the cam contact portion 351 from a position with a higher height of the cam surface to a position with a lower height of the cam surface as the cam 355 rotates, so that the latch 353 can be restored to the position where the latch 353 is inserted into the latch. The state in the hole 54 realizes the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 , and a reset member may be further provided on the height adjustment part 35 . Specifically, as a specific example of the return member, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18 , the height adjustment portion 35 is further provided with a spring member 357 such as a coil spring into the center of which the latch 353 can be inserted. In the example shown in the figure, the same as the above-mentioned "Method 1", by arranging the latch 353 to have a stepped flange portion (for example, a shape similar to a bolt head) and setting the diameter of the flange portion of the latch 353 To be larger than the diameter of the spring member 357 as a coil spring, the spring member 357 can be held between the flange portion of the latch 353 (the left end of the flange portion of the latch 353 in FIG. between the block holders 32) without falling. At this time, preferably when the latch 353 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, the spring member 357 is in a compressed state, so that the spring member 357 can be used to abut the latch 353. The flange portion exerts a thrust force on the latch 353 to lock the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 . In addition, preferably when the latch 353 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, the spring member 357 can be further compressed at this time, so that when the slider unit 3 slides to a prescribed height position, the spring member 357 can be used With the elastic restoring force, the latch 343 is re-inserted into the latch hole 54 to position the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 . The above setting of the spring member 357 is only an example. The contact positions of both ends of the spring member 357 can also be changed, the compression and tension conditions in each state can also be changed, or one end of the spring member 357 can be fixed on on other parts. The spring member 357 is preferably set so that when the latch 353 is inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, it can lock the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 relative to each other. When the latch 353 is pulled out from the latch hole 54, After being pulled out and inserted into other latch holes 54 again, it can play a role of assisting insertion.
另外,对于本实施方式的具体工作过程,如图16~图18所示,在插销353保持为插入到插销孔54中的状态,滑块单元3与导轨单元5保持在锁定状态下时,凸轮抵接部351与凸轮355的抵接位置为凸轮面的高度较低的位置,此时,凸轮355的凸轮面不对凸轮抵接部351施加作用力(或凸轮355的凸轮面仅对凸轮抵接部351施加很小的作用力,该作用力不足以使高度调节部35转动)。另外,通过设置弹簧件357并使此时的弹簧件357保持在压缩状态,使得弹簧件357的一端抵接在例如滑块单元3的滑块固定座32上且另一端抵接在插销353上对插销353施加作用力,从而能够进一步确保插销353保持为插入到插销孔54中的状态。之后,当需要对摆臂单元4的高度位置进行调整时,先启动高度调节部35的电机356,使凸轮355转动,随着凸轮355的转动使凸轮抵接部351的抵接位置从凸轮面的高度较低的位置逐渐来到凸轮面的高度较高的位置,从而能够利用凸轮355的凸轮面(凸轮轮廓)对与其抵接的凸轮抵接部351施加作用力,并进一步抵抗弹簧件357对其进行压缩将凸轮抵接部351向远离导轨单元5的方向推开(在图17和图18中被推向左侧),使得高度调节部35整体上能够以固定部354为轴心进行转动(在图17和图18中例如以固定部354为轴心沿着逆时针方向转动),由此能够带动插销353使插销353远离导轨单元5的插销孔54,将插销353从导轨单元5的插销孔54拔出,实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定解除。此时,使电机 356停止,保持滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定解除状态,使滑块单元3和导轨单元5处于滑块单元3能够在导轨单元5上相对滑动的状态。此时,只需使滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5上下滑动,就能够带动摆臂单元4沿着导轨单元5上下移动。之后,当滑块单元3滑动到使用者想要的位置时,重新启动电机356,使凸轮355进一步转动(或反向转动),使凸轮抵接部351与凸轮355的抵接位置从凸轮面的高度较高的位置逐渐返回至凸轮面的高度较低的位置。此时,弹簧件357需要恢复至之前的状态,使得能够利用弹簧件357带动高度调节部35整体以固定部354为轴心沿与刚才相反的方向进行转动(图17和图18中沿顺时针方向转动),从而带动设置在高度调节部35的连接杆352上的插销353向插入插销孔54的方向移动(图17和图18中向右侧移动),并最终使插销353恢复至插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中的状态,实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定,最终完成高度的调节。In addition, regarding the specific working process of this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18 , when the latch 353 is kept inserted into the latch hole 54 and the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are kept in a locked state, the cam The contact position between the contact portion 351 and the cam 355 is a position where the height of the cam surface is low. At this time, the cam surface of the cam 355 does not exert any force on the cam contact portion 351 (or the cam surface of the cam 355 only contacts the cam The height adjustment portion 351 exerts a small force, which is not enough to rotate the height adjustment portion 35). In addition, by arranging the spring member 357 and maintaining the spring member 357 in a compressed state at this time, one end of the spring member 357 abuts, for example, the slider fixing seat 32 of the slider unit 3 and the other end abuts the latch 353 Applying force to the latch 353 can further ensure that the latch 353 remains inserted into the latch hole 54 . After that, when it is necessary to adjust the height position of the swing arm unit 4, the motor 356 of the height adjustment part 35 is first started to rotate the cam 355. As the cam 355 rotates, the contact position of the cam contact part 351 changes from the cam surface to the position of the cam contact part 351. The lower height position of the cam surface gradually reaches the higher height position of the cam surface, so that the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 can be used to exert force on the cam contact portion 351 that is in contact with it, and further resist the spring member 357 Compressing it pushes the cam contact portion 351 away from the guide rail unit 5 (to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), so that the height adjustment portion 35 as a whole can be adjusted with the fixed portion 354 as the axis. Rotate (for example, rotate in the counterclockwise direction with the fixed portion 354 as the axis in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), thereby driving the latch 353 to move away from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 , and remove the latch 353 from the guide rail unit 5 The latch hole 54 is pulled out to realize the release of the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5. At this time, make the motor 356 stops, and the fixed release state of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 is maintained, so that the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are in a state where the slider unit 3 can relatively slide on the guide rail unit 5 . At this time, just by sliding the slider unit 3 up and down along the guide rail unit 5, the swing arm unit 4 can be driven to move up and down along the guide rail unit 5. Afterwards, when the slider unit 3 slides to the position desired by the user, the motor 356 is restarted to further rotate (or reversely rotate) the cam 355 so that the contact position between the cam contact portion 351 and the cam 355 is shifted from the cam surface. The higher height position gradually returns to the lower height position of the cam surface. At this time, the spring member 357 needs to be restored to its previous state, so that the spring member 357 can be used to drive the entire height adjustment portion 35 to rotate with the fixed portion 354 as the axis in the opposite direction (clockwise in Figures 17 and 18 ). direction of rotation), thereby driving the latch 353 provided on the connecting rod 352 of the height adjustment part 35 to move in the direction of inserting into the latch hole 54 (to the right in Figures 17 and 18), and finally returning the latch 353 to the position where it is inserted into the latch hole 54. The state in the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 realizes the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5, and finally completes the height adjustment.
另外,与上述的“方式一”相同,对连接杆352的具体形状没有限制,可以为截面矩形或截面为圆形的长杆状,考虑到插销353的相对于插销安装部358的安装固定以及固定部354的可转动固定,优选将连接杆352设置成截面为凹形(凹槽形、コ形)的形状,由此便于利用插轴或拴插等部件对插销353和固定部354进行安装固定。另外,考虑到插销353插入到插销孔54的顺滑性等因素,如图17所示,优选采用拴插等方式可松动地(例如有一定的转动余量)将插销353安装到插销安装部356,使其有一定的偏差余量使得在操作高度调节部34对插销343相对于插销孔54进行插拔时更加顺滑。In addition, the same as the above-mentioned "Method 1", there is no restriction on the specific shape of the connecting rod 352. It can be a long rod with a rectangular cross-section or a circular cross-section. Taking into account the installation and fixation of the latch 353 relative to the latch mounting portion 358 and For rotatable fixation of the fixing part 354, it is preferable to set the connecting rod 352 in a concave (groove-shaped, U-shaped) cross-section, so as to facilitate the installation of the latch 353 and the fixing part 354 using components such as a plug shaft or a bolt. fixed. In addition, considering factors such as the smoothness of the latch 353 being inserted into the latch hole 54, as shown in FIG. 17, it is preferable to use bolting or other methods to loosely install the latch 353 to the latch installation portion (for example, with a certain rotation margin). 356, so that there is a certain deviation margin, so that when the height adjustment part 34 is operated to insert and remove the latch 343 relative to the latch hole 54, it will be smoother.
另外,在本实施方式中,因为是通过电机以及凸轮结构实现插销相对于插销孔的插拔,所以还可以进一步设置控制部或控制单元(未图示)以及按钮等,通过进一步将电机与控制部和按钮电连接,无需使用者用手握持例如调节把手等进行操作,只需通过简单的触碰控制就能够对插销相对于插销孔的插拔进行控制,从而实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定以及固定的解除。其中,作为控制部或控制单元,例如可以使用带CPU的电脑等,但并不局限于此。In addition, in this embodiment, since the insertion and extraction of the latch relative to the latch hole is realized by a motor and a cam structure, a control part or a control unit (not shown) and a button may be further provided. By further combining the motor and the control The bottom part and the button are electrically connected, and the user does not need to hold, for example, an adjustment handle, etc. with his hands to operate, and can control the insertion and extraction of the latch relative to the latch hole through simple touch control, thereby realizing the relative position of the slider unit 3 Fixing and releasing of the guide rail unit 5. As the control unit or the control unit, for example, a computer with a CPU may be used, but the invention is not limited thereto.
另外,因为沿着导轨52的长度方向还设置有高度位置传感器54, 所以能够通过高度位置传感器54自动检测滑块单元3所处的高度位置,并结合作为阻力源的电机6来实现的摆臂单元4的高度的自动调节。In addition, because a height position sensor 54 is also provided along the length direction of the guide rail 52, Therefore, the height position of the slider unit 3 can be automatically detected by the height position sensor 54, and the height of the swing arm unit 4 can be automatically adjusted in combination with the motor 6 as a resistance source.
具体而言,例如,在主体部1内还设置有例如作为控制部的具有CPU的电脑以及存储有数据和程序的存储器(例如硬盘、RAM、ROM和EEPROM)等部件,将作为触摸电子屏或操作面板而形成的上述前面板2用作使用者能够进行操作的操作界面,将阻力源电机6和高度调节部35的电机356等部件与控制部和操作界面以及高度位置传感器55等电连接。Specifically, for example, the main body 1 is also provided with components such as a computer with a CPU as a control unit and a memory (such as a hard disk, RAM, ROM and EEPROM) storing data and programs, which will be used as a touch electronic screen or The front panel 2 formed of an operation panel serves as an operation interface that the user can operate, and electrically connects components such as the resistance source motor 6 and the motor 356 of the height adjustment section 35 with the control section, the operation interface, the height position sensor 55 and the like.
此时,当使用者需要对滑块单元3(摆臂单元4)的高度位置进行调整时,可以先对想要调整的目标高度进行设定。例如,使用者可以经由操作界面等输入想要调整的目标高度位置信息并存储于存储器中。此外,控制部控制高度位置传感器55,使其对滑块单元3目前所处的位置进行检测,得到滑块单元3的现有高度位置信息并存储于存储器中。之后,控制部根据使用者设定的目标高度位置信息与高度位置传感器55检测到的现有高度位置信息进行比较,得出滑块单元3的现有高度位置与目标高度位置之间的对应关系,例如滑块单元3的现有高度位置高于目标高度位置或滑块单元3的现有高度位置低于目标高度位置等。At this time, when the user needs to adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 (swing arm unit 4), he can first set the target height that he wants to adjust. For example, the user can input the target height position information that he wants to adjust through an operation interface, etc. and store it in the memory. In addition, the control part controls the height position sensor 55 to detect the current position of the slider unit 3, obtain the current height position information of the slider unit 3, and store it in the memory. After that, the control unit compares the target height position information set by the user with the existing height position information detected by the height position sensor 55 to obtain the corresponding relationship between the current height position and the target height position of the slider unit 3 , for example, the current height position of the slider unit 3 is higher than the target height position or the current height position of the slider unit 3 is lower than the target height position, etc.
之后,控制部控制高度调节部,使其解除锁止状态而使滑块单元3成为能够在导轨单元5上自由滑动的状态。具体而言,控制部对高度调节部35进行控制,使高度调节部35的电机356转动,以使固定在电机356的转轴上的凸轮355转动。在凸轮355的转动过程中,与凸轮355抵接的凸轮抵接部351追随凸轮355的凸轮面(凸轮轮廓)而作直线移动。此时,当凸轮抵接部351与凸轮355的抵接位置从凸轮355的凸轮面的高度较低的位置逐渐来到凸轮面的高度较高的位置时,凸轮355的凸轮面(凸轮轮廓)会对与其抵接的凸轮抵接部351施加作用力,使得能够将凸轮抵接部351向远离导轨单元5的方向推开(在图17和图18中被推向左侧),从而使得高度调节部35整体上能够以固定部354为轴心进行转动(在图17和图18中例如以固定部354为轴心沿逆时针方向转动),由此能够带动安装在插销安装部358的插销 353使其远离导轨单元5的插销孔54,将插销353从导轨单元5的插销孔54拔出,从而实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的固定解除。即,通过控制部的控制,高度调节部解除了锁止状态而使滑块单元3成为能够在导轨单元5上自由滑动的状态。此时,控制部停止侧,以保持滑块单元3能够在导轨单元5上自由滑动的状态。Thereafter, the control unit controls the height adjustment unit to release the locked state so that the slider unit 3 can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5 . Specifically, the control unit controls the height adjustment unit 35 to rotate the motor 356 of the height adjustment unit 35 to rotate the cam 355 fixed on the rotating shaft of the motor 356. During the rotation of the cam 355, the cam contact portion 351 in contact with the cam 355 follows the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 and moves linearly. At this time, when the contact position of the cam contact portion 351 and the cam 355 gradually moves from the position where the height of the cam surface of the cam 355 is low to the position where the height of the cam surface is high, the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 A force is exerted on the cam contact portion 351 that is in contact with it, so that the cam contact portion 351 can be pushed away from the guide rail unit 5 (to the left in FIGS. 17 and 18 ), thereby increasing the height of the cam contact portion 351 . The adjusting part 35 can rotate as a whole with the fixed part 354 as the axis (in FIGS. 17 and 18 , for example, with the fixed part 354 as the axis in the counterclockwise direction), thereby driving the latch installed on the latch mounting part 358 353 is moved away from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, and the latch 353 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5, thereby releasing the fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5. That is, under the control of the control unit, the height adjustment unit releases the locked state and brings the slider unit 3 into a state in which it can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5 . At this time, the control part stops the side to maintain the state in which the slider unit 3 can slide freely on the guide rail unit 5 .
之后,基于对根据使用者设定的目标高度位置信息与高度位置传感器55检测到的现有高度位置信息进行比较而得出的滑块单元3的现有高度位置与目标高度位置之间的对应关系,当判断为需要使滑块单元3上升的情况下,如图32所示,控制部控制阻力源电机6沿着将绳索R卷绕于绕线盘7的方向转动(图32中,位于相对下侧的标注有标号的阻力源电机6沿逆时针方向转动,位于相对上侧的没有标注标号的阻力源电机沿顺时针方向转动),使与绳索R连接的把持部(未图示,图32中出线端的位置)被绳索R向上拉拽而抵接摆臂单元4的前端部并进一步带动与摆臂单元4的基端部连接的滑块单元4沿导轨单元5向上滑动。或者,基于对根据使用者设定的目标高度位置信息与高度位置传感器55检测到的现有高度位置信息进行比较而得出的滑块单元3的现有高度位置与目标高度位置之间的对应关系,当判断为需要使滑块单元3下降的情况下,如图32所示,控制部控制阻力源电机6沿着使卷绕于绕线盘7上的绳索R从绕线盘7放出的方向转动(图32中,位于相对下侧的标注有标号的阻力源电机6沿顺时针方向转动,位于相对上侧的没有标注标号的阻力源电机沿逆时针方向转动),使得位于摆臂单元4的前端侧的把手部(未图示)随自重而下降,使得摆臂单元4不再受与摆臂单元4的前端部抵接的把手部所施加的向上的作用力,从而滑块单元3和摆臂单元4也能够通过自重而沿导轨单元5向下滑动。Thereafter, the correspondence between the current height position and the target height position of the slider unit 3 is obtained based on the comparison between the target height position information set by the user and the existing height position information detected by the height position sensor 55 relationship, when it is determined that the slider unit 3 needs to be raised, as shown in Fig. 32, the control unit controls the resistance source motor 6 to rotate in the direction of winding the rope R around the reel 7 (in Fig. 32, located The resistance source motor 6 marked with a mark on the relatively lower side rotates in the counterclockwise direction, and the resistance source motor 6 on the relatively upper side without a mark rotates in the clockwise direction), so that the holding portion (not shown in the figure) connected to the rope R, 32 ) is pulled upward by the rope R to contact the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and further drive the slider unit 4 connected to the base end of the swing arm unit 4 to slide upward along the guide rail unit 5 . Alternatively, the correspondence between the current height position and the target height position of the slider unit 3 is based on a comparison between the target height position information set by the user and the existing height position information detected by the height position sensor 55 . relationship, when it is determined that the slider unit 3 needs to be lowered, as shown in FIG. 32 , the control unit controls the resistance source motor 6 to unwind the rope R wound on the reel 7 along the path of the reel 7 . direction of rotation (in Figure 32, the resistance source motor 6 with a label located on the relatively lower side rotates in the clockwise direction, and the resistance source motor 6 with no label located on the relatively upper side rotates in the counterclockwise direction), so that the resistance source motor 6 located on the relatively lower side rotates in the counterclockwise direction), so that the resistance source motor 6 located on the relatively lower side rotates in the counterclockwise direction. The handle portion (not shown) on the front end side of the swing arm unit 4 drops with its own weight, so that the swing arm unit 4 no longer receives the upward force exerted by the handle portion in contact with the front end portion of the swing arm unit 4, so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can also slide downward along the guide rail unit 5 by their own weight.
之后,当高度位置传感器55检测到滑块单元3移动至使用者所设定的目标高度位置之后,控制高度调节部35的电机356重启启动并进一步转动(也可以控制高度调节部35的电机356反转),以使固定在电机356的转轴上的凸轮355重新转动。在凸轮355的转动过程中,如上所述,与凸轮355抵接的凸轮抵接部351追随凸轮355的凸轮面(凸轮轮廓)而作直线移动。此时,当凸轮抵接部351与凸轮355的 抵接位置从凸轮面的高度较高的位置逐渐返回至凸轮面的高度较低的位置时,高度调节部35整体以固定部354为轴心沿与刚才相反的方向进行转动(图17和图18中沿顺时针方向转动),从而带动设置在高度调节部35的连接杆352上的插销353向插入插销孔54的方向移动(图17和图18中向右侧移动),并最终使插销353恢复至插入到导轨单元5的插销孔54中的状态,实现滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定。即,当高度位置传感器55检测到滑块单元3移动至使用者所设定的目标高度位置之后,控制插销353插入到插销孔54中使滑块单元3与导轨单元5成为不能相对移动的锁止状态。Afterwards, when the height position sensor 55 detects that the slider unit 3 moves to the target height position set by the user, the motor 356 of the height adjustment part 35 is controlled to restart and rotate further (the motor 356 of the height adjustment part 35 may also be controlled). Reverse rotation), so that the cam 355 fixed on the rotating shaft of the motor 356 rotates again. During the rotation of the cam 355, as described above, the cam contact portion 351 in contact with the cam 355 follows the cam surface (cam profile) of the cam 355 and moves linearly. At this time, when the cam contact portion 351 and the cam 355 When the contact position gradually returns from the position where the height of the cam surface is high to the position where the height of the cam surface is low, the entire height adjustment part 35 rotates in the opposite direction to the previous one with the fixing part 354 as the axis (Fig. 17 and Fig. 18), thereby driving the latch 353 provided on the connecting rod 352 of the height adjustment part 35 to move in the direction of inserting into the latch hole 54 (moving to the right in Figures 17 and 18), and finally the latch 353 353 returns to the state of being inserted into the latch hole 54 of the guide rail unit 5 to realize the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 . That is, when the height position sensor 55 detects that the slider unit 3 moves to the target height position set by the user, the control pin 353 is inserted into the latch hole 54 so that the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 become a lock that cannot move relative to each other. stop state.
至此,最终完成滑块单元3的高度调节。在此过程中,使用者只需对想要的高度位置信息进行设定即可,无需繁琐的调节操作,能够巧妙地利用阻力源电机以及各部件间的连接位置关系自动地对滑块单元3的高度位置进行调节。At this point, the height adjustment of the slider unit 3 is finally completed. In this process, the user only needs to set the desired height position information without cumbersome adjustment operations. The user can cleverly use the resistance source motor and the connection position relationship between various components to automatically adjust the slider unit 3 Adjust the height position.
另外,在本发明中,对滑块单元3的高度位置进行调整实际上就是对摆臂单元4的与滑块单元3连接的基端部的高度位置进行调整,从而对摆臂单元4的高度位置进行调整。In addition, in the present invention, adjusting the height position of the slider unit 3 actually means adjusting the height position of the base end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3, thereby adjusting the height of the swing arm unit 4. Adjust the position.
(方式三)(Method 3)
作为本发明的插销相对于插销孔的插拔的另一个具体例子,如图19和图20所示,还可以采用蜗杆插销作为插销并配以电机来实现蜗杆插销相对于插销孔的自动插拔。As another specific example of the insertion and extraction of the latch relative to the latch hole of the present invention, as shown in Figures 19 and 20, a worm latch can also be used as the latch and coupled with a motor to realize automatic insertion and extraction of the worm latch relative to the latch hole. .
具体而言,如图19和图20所示,在滑块单元3内设置有能够将蜗杆插销361插入到插销孔54中并能够将蜗杆插销361从插销孔54拔出的高度调节部36。如图19和图20所示,高度调节部36主要包括:部分表面具有螺旋齿366的蜗杆插销361;具有转轴的电机363;以及固定于电机转轴上的能够与蜗杆插销361的螺旋齿366相啮合的齿轮362。在本实施方式中,如图19和图20所示,蜗杆插销361利用蜗杆轴承364和蜗杆固定件365等可转动地被固定在滑块单元3的滑块固定座和/或摆臂单元4的摆臂固定座,并且蜗杆插销361的螺旋齿366始终保持与电机363的转轴上的齿轮362相啮合,且不具有螺旋齿366的部分(例如图19中的螺旋齿366右侧的插入部367)能够作为固定销而插入到插销孔54中。此外,电机363还与未图示的控制开关和控 制部等电连接。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 , the slider unit 3 is provided with a height adjustment portion 36 capable of inserting the worm pin 361 into the pin hole 54 and extracting the worm pin 361 from the pin hole 54 . As shown in Figures 19 and 20, the height adjustment part 36 mainly includes: a worm pin 361 with helical teeth 366 on part of the surface; a motor 363 with a rotating shaft; and a helical tooth 366 fixed on the motor shaft that can be connected to the worm pin 361. Meshing gears 362. In this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 , the worm latch 361 is rotatably fixed to the slider fixing seat of the slider unit 3 and/or the swing arm unit 4 using a worm bearing 364, a worm fixing member 365, etc. The swing arm fixed seat, and the helical teeth 366 of the worm pin 361 always remain in mesh with the gear 362 on the rotating shaft of the motor 363, and there is no part of the helical teeth 366 (such as the insertion part on the right side of the helical teeth 366 in Figure 19 367) can be inserted into the latch hole 54 as a fixing pin. In addition, the motor 363 is also connected to a control switch and a control switch not shown in the figure. Control and other electrical connections.
在本实施方式中,蜗杆插销361的插入部367能够插入到插销孔54内,当需要对滑块单元3的高度位置进行调整时,只需使用者通过控制部或控制开关对电机363进行控制,将蜗杆插销361的插入部367从插销孔54拔出或插入到不同位置的插销孔54内,能够根据实际使用情况和锻炼内容对滑块单元3的高度位置进行调节,将滑块单元3锁定在导轨单元5的导轨52上的规定位置。In this embodiment, the insertion portion 367 of the worm pin 361 can be inserted into the pin hole 54. When the height position of the slider unit 3 needs to be adjusted, the user only needs to control the motor 363 through the control portion or control switch. , the insertion portion 367 of the worm pin 361 is pulled out from the latch hole 54 or inserted into the latch hole 54 at a different position, and the height position of the slider unit 3 can be adjusted according to the actual use situation and exercise content, and the slider unit 3 can be It is locked at a prescribed position on the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 .
例如,在本实施方式中,当控制部接收到来自于使用者的高度调整指示时,启动电机363使其旋转,并利用安装于电机转轴上的齿轮362带动与其啮合的蜗杆插销361移动(图19中左右移动,图20中上下移动),从而能够通过电机363的正转或反转来带动使蜗杆插销361的插入部367相对于插销孔54插入或拔出,以解除滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5(导轨52)的锁定或使滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5(导轨52)进行固定。For example, in this embodiment, when the control unit receives a height adjustment instruction from the user, the motor 363 is started to rotate, and the gear 362 installed on the motor shaft is used to drive the worm pin 361 meshed with it to move (Fig. 19, up and down in FIG. 20), so that the insertion part 367 of the worm latch 361 can be driven to be inserted or pulled out relative to the latch hole 54 by the forward or reverse rotation of the motor 363, so as to release the relative movement of the slider unit 3. Locking the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52 ) or fixing the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 (guide rail 52 ).
更具体而言,在一个具体的例子中,当使用者需要调整滑块单元3的高度位置时,通过专门的开关或前面板2上的触摸屏和开关等对控制部发送调整指示。控制部接收到来自于使用者的高度调整指示后,启动电机363例如使其正转,利用安装于电机转轴上的齿轮362带动与其啮合的蜗杆插销361向解除锁定的方向移动(图19中使蜗杆插销361向左移动,图20中使蜗杆插销361向上移动),从而将插入部367从插销孔54中拔出,之后停止电机363的运转。此时,滑块单元3与导轨单元5之间的锁定解除,滑块单元3处于相对于导轨单元5能够滑动的状态,只需使滑块单元3沿着导轨单元5上下滑动,就能够带动摆臂单元4沿着导轨单元5上下移动。之后,当滑块单元3滑动到使用者想要的位置时,重新启动电机363,使电机363逆转(与解除锁定时的旋转方向相反的方向),利用安装于电机转轴上的齿轮362带动与其啮合的蜗杆插销361向锁定的方向移动(图19中使蜗杆插销361向右移动,图20中使蜗杆插销361向下移动),从而将插入部367重新插入到插销孔54中,之后停止电机363的运转。此时,滑块单元3与导轨单元5之间处于锁定状态,从而实现了滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的定位固定,最终完成高度的调节。 More specifically, in a specific example, when the user needs to adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 , an adjustment instruction is sent to the control part through a special switch or a touch screen and switch on the front panel 2 . After receiving the height adjustment instruction from the user, the control part starts the motor 363, for example, to rotate forward, and uses the gear 362 installed on the motor shaft to drive the worm latch 361 meshed with it to move in the direction of unlocking (shown in Figure 19). The worm latch 361 moves to the left (in FIG. 20 , the worm latch 361 moves upward), thereby pulling out the insertion portion 367 from the latch hole 54, and then the operation of the motor 363 is stopped. At this time, the lock between the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 is released, and the slider unit 3 is in a sliding state relative to the guide rail unit 5. Just slide the slider unit 3 up and down along the guide rail unit 5 to drive the The swing arm unit 4 moves up and down along the guide rail unit 5 . After that, when the slider unit 3 slides to the position desired by the user, the motor 363 is restarted to reverse the direction (opposite to the direction of rotation when unlocking), and the gear 362 installed on the motor shaft is used to drive it. The engaged worm bolt 361 moves in the locking direction (the worm bolt 361 is moved to the right in Figure 19 and the worm bolt 361 is moved downward in Figure 20), thereby reinserting the insertion portion 367 into the bolt hole 54, and then stopping the motor. 363 operation. At this time, the slider unit 3 and the guide rail unit 5 are in a locked state, thereby realizing the positioning and fixation of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5, and finally completing the height adjustment.
另外,因为沿着导轨52的长度方向还设置有高度位置传感器54,所以能够通过高度位置传感器54自动检测滑块单元3所处的高度位置,并结合作为阻力源的电机6来实现的摆臂单元4的高度的自动调节。In addition, because the height position sensor 54 is also provided along the length direction of the guide rail 52, the height position of the slider unit 3 can be automatically detected by the height position sensor 54, and the swing arm can be realized by combining the motor 6 as a resistance source. Automatic adjustment of the height of unit 4.
具体而言,因为本发明的滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的锁定以及锁定的解除可以不使用手推拉滑块单元3来实现,所以可以自动进行摆臂单元的固定解除,实现摆臂单元4的高度的自动调节。Specifically, because the locking and unlocking of the slider unit 3 with respect to the guide rail unit 5 of the present invention can be realized without using the manual push and pull of the slider unit 3, the fixation of the swing arm unit can be automatically unlocked and the swing arm unit can be realized. 4 automatic height adjustments.
例如,在需要进行调整使摆臂单元4上升的情况下,当开始使用健身设备并准备调整摆臂单元4的高度位置时,使用者可以通过例如前面板2的触摸屏来输入想要调整的高度位置信息。当控制单元(例如电脑等)接收到来自于使用者的高度调整指示后,先使电机363转动,利用电机363上的齿轮362带动蜗杆插销361回退(图19中向左移动、图20中向上移动),使蜗杆插销361与插销孔54脱离,从而解除了滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的锁定,使得滑块单元3与摆臂单元4(摆臂单元4的基端部)能够作为一个整体沿着导轨单元5自由地滑动。For example, when it is necessary to adjust the swing arm unit 4 to rise, when starting to use the fitness equipment and preparing to adjust the height position of the swing arm unit 4, the user can input the desired height adjustment through, for example, the touch screen of the front panel 2 location information. When the control unit (such as a computer, etc.) receives the height adjustment instruction from the user, it first rotates the motor 363, and uses the gear 362 on the motor 363 to drive the worm latch 361 back (to the left in Figure 19, to the left in Figure 20 move upward), the worm latch 361 is disengaged from the latch hole 54, thereby releasing the lock of the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5, so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 (the base end of the swing arm unit 4) can Slides freely along the guide rail unit 5 as a whole.
此时,当想要提升摆臂单元4的高度位置时,只需通过控制单元对作为阻力源的电机6进行控制,使电机6沿能够使绳索R卷绕进绕线盘7的方向转动(使绳索R处于绷紧状态的方向转动),通过使绳索R卷绕进绕线盘7的动作,根据图32所示的绳索R与摆臂单元4的阻力传动关系,位于摆臂单元4的前端的例如把持部(未图示)会随着绳索R的卷绕而上升,并卡在摆臂单元4的前端部(大致图32中的腕关节滑轮d5和出线端所示的位置)而带着摆臂单元4和滑块单元3一起上升。之后,当高度位置传感器32检测到摆臂单元4和滑块单元3上升至规定位置时,再次向控制单元发送停止电机6工作的指令,从而将摆臂单元4和滑块单元3定位至规定的高度位置。At this time, when you want to raise the height position of the swing arm unit 4, you only need to control the motor 6 as the resistance source through the control unit, so that the motor 6 rotates in a direction that enables the rope R to be wound into the reel 7 ( Rotate in the direction of keeping the rope R in a tight state), and by winding the rope R into the reel 7, according to the resistance transmission relationship between the rope R and the swing arm unit 4 shown in Figure 32, the position of the swing arm unit 4 is For example, the gripping part (not shown) at the front end will rise as the rope R is wound, and get stuck at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 (roughly the position shown by the wrist joint pulley d5 and the outlet end in Figure 32). Take the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to rise together. After that, when the height position sensor 32 detects that the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 rise to the specified position, it again sends an instruction to the control unit to stop the operation of the motor 6, thereby positioning the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to the specified position. height position.
之后,控制单元使电机363按与上述方向相反的方向旋转,利用电机363上的齿轮362与蜗杆插销361上的螺旋齿366的啮合来带动蜗杆插销361前进,使蜗杆插销361插入到插销孔31内,从而使滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5锁定,使得滑块单元3与摆臂单元4作为一个整体被固定在规定位置,至此完成摆臂单元4的上升调整。 After that, the control unit rotates the motor 363 in the opposite direction to the above-mentioned direction, and uses the meshing of the gear 362 on the motor 363 with the helical teeth 366 on the worm pin 361 to drive the worm pin 361 forward, so that the worm pin 361 is inserted into the pin hole 31 , so that the slider unit 3 is locked relative to the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are fixed at a prescribed position as a whole, and the upward adjustment of the swing arm unit 4 is completed.
另外,在需要进行调整使摆臂单元4下降的情况下,当开始使用健身设备并准备调整摆臂单元4的高度位置时,使用者可以通过例如前面板2的触摸屏来输入想要调整的高度位置信息。当控制单元接收到来自于使用者的高度调整指示时,先使电机363转动,利用电机363上的齿轮362带动蜗杆插销361回退(图19中向左移动、图20中向上移动),使蜗杆插销361与插销孔31脱离,从而解除滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5的锁定,使得滑块单元3与摆臂单元4作为一个整体能够沿着导轨单元5自由地滑动。In addition, when it is necessary to adjust the swing arm unit 4 to lower, when starting to use the fitness equipment and preparing to adjust the height position of the swing arm unit 4, the user can input the desired height adjustment through, for example, the touch screen of the front panel 2 location information. When the control unit receives the height adjustment instruction from the user, it first rotates the motor 363 and uses the gear 362 on the motor 363 to drive the worm latch 361 back (to the left in Figure 19 and upward in Figure 20), so that The worm latch 361 is disengaged from the latch hole 31 , thereby unlocking the slider unit 3 relative to the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can slide freely along the guide rail unit 5 as a whole.
此时,当想要降低摆臂单元4的高度位置时,通过控制单元对作为阻力源的电机6进行控制,使电机6沿能够使绳索R被拉拽出绕线盘7的方向转动(使卷绕在绕线盘7的绳索R处于松弛状态)。此时,因为滑块单元3与摆臂单元4作为一个整体处于能够沿着导轨单元5自由地滑动的状态,并且卷绕在绕线盘7的绳索R处于松弛状态,因此,此时的滑块单元3与摆臂单元4不受绳索R的约束,滑块单元3与摆臂单元4可以利用自身的重力而沿着导轨单元5向下自由滑动,根据图32所示的绳索R与摆臂单元4的阻力传动关系,摆臂单元4会抵碰到位于摆臂单元4的前端的把持部并且因为此时的绕线盘7的绳索R处于松弛状态,从而摆臂单元4会在抵碰把持部的同时而带着其一起下降,当高度位置传感器32检测到摆臂单元4和滑块单元3下降至规定位置后,向控制单元发送停止电机6转动并维持在能够使摆臂单元4和滑块单元3保持不动的动力状态的指令(即电机6的动力能够至少抵抗滑块单元3与摆臂单元4自身的重力而不使滑块单元3与摆臂单元4继续自由滑动),将摆臂单元4和滑块单元3定位至规定位置。At this time, when you want to lower the height position of the swing arm unit 4, the control unit controls the motor 6 as a source of resistance so that the motor 6 rotates in a direction that allows the rope R to be pulled out of the reel 7 (so that the rope R can be pulled out of the reel 7). The rope R wound on the reel 7 is in a slack state). At this time, because the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 as a whole are in a state of being able to slide freely along the guide rail unit 5, and the rope R wound around the reel 7 is in a relaxed state, the sliding The block unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are not constrained by the rope R. The slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 can freely slide downward along the guide rail unit 5 using their own gravity. According to the rope R and the swing arm unit 5 shown in Figure 32 Due to the resistance transmission relationship of the arm unit 4, the swing arm unit 4 will hit the handle located at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and because the rope R of the reel 7 is in a relaxed state at this time, the swing arm unit 4 will hit the When the height position sensor 32 detects that the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 have dropped to the specified position, it sends a signal to the control unit to stop the rotation of the motor 6 and maintain it at a level that enables the swing arm unit to 4 and the instruction of the power state in which the slider unit 3 remains stationary (that is, the power of the motor 6 can at least resist the gravity of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 without causing the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 to continue to slide freely. ), position the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to the specified position.
之后,控制单元使电机363按与上述方向相反的方向旋转,利用电机363上的齿轮362与蜗杆插销361上的螺旋齿366的啮合而带动蜗杆插销361前进,使蜗杆插销361插入到插销孔31内,从而使滑块单元3相对于导轨单元5锁定,使得滑块单元3与摆臂单元4作为一个整体固定在规定位置,至此完成摆臂单元4的下降调整。After that, the control unit rotates the motor 363 in the opposite direction to the above-mentioned direction, and uses the meshing of the gear 362 on the motor 363 with the helical teeth 366 on the worm pin 361 to drive the worm pin 361 forward, so that the worm pin 361 is inserted into the pin hole 31 , so that the slider unit 3 is locked relative to the guide rail unit 5 , so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 are fixed at a predetermined position as a whole. At this point, the lowering adjustment of the swing arm unit 4 is completed.
通过本发明,无需使用者以手动方式单侧逐个地对摆臂的高度进行调整,能够自动地对摆臂的高度进行调整,即便是一次面向不同部 位的多项动作综合训练时,也能够对摆臂的高度进行准确快速的切换,并且使用者无需担心出现调整错位的情况,能够一次性准确地完成调整工作,使得使用者能够全身心地投入到锻炼中,给使用者带来良好的使用体验。Through the present invention, there is no need for the user to manually adjust the height of the swing arm one by one on one side, and the height of the swing arm can be adjusted automatically, even when facing different parts at one time. During comprehensive training of multiple movements, the height of the swing arm can be switched accurately and quickly, and the user does not need to worry about adjustment misalignment. The adjustment work can be completed accurately at one time, allowing the user to devote himself wholeheartedly to It provides users with a good experience during exercise.
另外,以上利用“方式三”对进行高度自动调节的情况为例进行了说明,同理,自动高度调节也适用于“方式二”的情况。In addition, the above example illustrates the case of automatic height adjustment using "Method 3". Similarly, automatic height adjustment is also applicable to the case of "Method 2".
(方式四)(Method 4)
以上,以插销和插销孔为例进行了说明,但是,也可以设置能够相互电磁吸引的电磁锁块,即,设置锁止件和被锁部分别替代插销和插销孔,将锁止件和被锁部形成为电磁锁的形式。通过这样进行设置,无需为了设置插销孔而对导轨单元5进行打孔,能够提升导轨单元5的强度,并且不受插销孔的数量以及位置限制,能够将滑块单元3锁止于导轨单元5的长度方向上的任意位置,使得对高度位置的微调称为可能,从而带给使用者更好的使用体验。另外,使用电磁锁还能够使得结构更加紧凑。The above description has been made taking the latch and the latch hole as an example. However, an electromagnetic locking block that can electromagnetically attract each other can also be provided, that is, a locking piece and a locked part are provided to replace the latch and the latch hole respectively, and the locking piece and the locked part are replaced. The lock part is formed in the form of an electromagnetic lock. By arranging in this way, there is no need to drill holes in the guide rail unit 5 in order to provide latch holes, and the strength of the guide rail unit 5 can be improved. Moreover, the slider unit 3 can be locked to the guide rail unit 5 without being limited by the number and position of the latch holes. Any position along the length direction makes it possible to fine-tune the height position, thus giving users a better experience. In addition, the use of electromagnetic locks can also make the structure more compact.
另外,当设置能够相互电磁吸引的电磁锁块时,也能够如上述各方式中所述那样,利用控制部对阻力源电机6进行控制而实现高度位置的自动调节,对此不再重复说明。In addition, when electromagnetic lock blocks capable of electromagnetically attracting each other are provided, the control unit can also be used to control the resistance source motor 6 to achieve automatic adjustment of the height position as described in each of the above modes, which will not be described again.
-摆臂自收纳结构--Swing arm self-storing structure-
以上对滑块单元相对于导轨单元的定位固定以及固定的解除进行了说明并对使用本发明的健身设备时的高度调节方式进行了说明。此外,当不使用健身设备时,例如锻炼结束时,现有技术的健身设备通常都是置摆臂于最后的锻炼项目所处的状态而不管,不对其进行收纳整理。The above describes the positioning and fixing of the slider unit relative to the guide rail unit and the release of the fixation, and also explains the height adjustment method when using the fitness equipment of the present invention. In addition, when the fitness equipment is not in use, such as at the end of exercise, the fitness equipment in the prior art usually leaves the arm in the state of the last exercise item without storing it.
对此,在本发明中,可以利用控制部对阻力源电机6进行控制,使滑块单元3和摆臂单元4返回至收纳状态。例如,可以提前在存储部中存储相关程序,当控制部收到使用者的收纳指令时,控制部进行控制,使阻力源电机6沿着将绳索R卷绕于绕线盘7的方向转动,从而如上述那样,把手部等设置于摆臂单元4的前端的部件抵接摆臂单元4的前端部而带动摆臂单元4和滑块单元3上升至例如图4所示的收纳位置,实现了摆臂单元4的自动收纳。此时,可以在摆臂单元4 完成了自动收纳后,控制部可以进一步进行控制,自动切断健身设备的电源。In this regard, in the present invention, the control unit can be used to control the resistance source motor 6 to return the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 to the stored state. For example, the relevant program can be stored in the storage unit in advance. When the control unit receives the user's storage instruction, the control unit controls the resistance source motor 6 to rotate in the direction of winding the rope R around the reel 7. Therefore, as described above, the handle and other components provided at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 contact the front end of the swing arm unit 4 and drive the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 to rise to the storage position shown in FIG. 4 , for example. The automatic storage of the swing arm unit 4 is realized. At this time, the swing arm unit 4 can After completing the automatic storage, the control unit can further control and automatically cut off the power of the fitness equipment.
另外,还可以利用控制部对阻力源电机6进行控制,使滑块单元3和摆臂单元4在健身设备处于闲置状态时自动地返回至收纳状态。例如,可以提前对健身设备的闲置时间(待机时间)进行设定并将其存储于存储部中,当健身设备超过了规定的时间时,控制部自动进行控制,使阻力源电机6沿着将绳索R卷绕于绕线盘7的方向转动,从而如上述那样,把手部等设置于摆臂单元4的前端的部件抵接摆臂单元4的前端部而带动摆臂单元4和滑块单元3上升至例如图4所示的收纳位置,实现了在健身设备处于闲置状态时的自动收纳。此时,可以在摆臂单元4完成了闲置状态时的自动收纳后,控制部可以进一步进行控制,自动切断健身设备的电源。In addition, the control part can also be used to control the resistance source motor 6 so that the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 automatically return to the storage state when the fitness equipment is in an idle state. For example, the idle time (standby time) of the fitness equipment can be set in advance and stored in the storage unit. When the fitness equipment exceeds the prescribed time, the control unit automatically controls the resistance source motor 6 to move along the The rope R rotates in the direction in which the rope R is wound around the reel 7. As described above, the handle and other components provided at the front end of the swing arm unit 4 come into contact with the front end of the swing arm unit 4, thereby driving the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit. 3 rises to the storage position shown in Figure 4, for example, to realize automatic storage when the fitness equipment is idle. At this time, after the swing arm unit 4 completes the automatic storage in the idle state, the control unit may further control to automatically cut off the power of the fitness equipment.
由此,不仅能够在锻炼结束后迅速地对摆臂单元进行收纳,而且还能够在超过待机时自动收纳摆臂单元并切断电源,不仅能够使家庭环境变得整洁,还能够节省能源的浪费。As a result, not only can the swing arm unit be quickly stored after the exercise, but also the swing arm unit can be automatically stored and the power is cut off when the standby period is exceeded. This not only makes the home environment tidy, but also saves energy waste.
-摆臂单元的摆臂的角度调节结构--Angle adjustment structure of the swing arm of the swing arm unit-
以上,主要对本发明的滑块单元3以及摆臂单元4沿着轨道单元5在上下方向进行移动的情况进行了说明。由此,使用者能够对滑块单元3的高度位置进行调节并能够在调节后将其固定在导轨单元5上的想要固定的位置上。但是,即便是滑块单元3和摆臂单元4已经被固定在想要固定的位置上,根据使用者的身高的不同以及锻炼项目的要求,有时还是需要对摆臂单元4的摆臂42例如在竖直面内的位置进行调整。例如,如图10所示,摆臂单元4的基端部被固定在滑块单元3上,但是摆臂单元4的前端部(摆臂42)需要能够在竖直面内(图1所示状态下)绕着基端部(绕着滑块单元3)转动规定角度并能够在想要的角度固定。The above description has mainly been made on the case where the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 of the present invention move in the up-and-down direction along the rail unit 5 . Thereby, the user can adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 and fix it at a desired position on the guide rail unit 5 after adjustment. However, even if the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 have been fixed at the desired fixed position, depending on the user's height and the requirements of the exercise program, sometimes it is still necessary to adjust the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4, for example Adjust the position in the vertical plane. For example, as shown in FIG. 10 , the base end of the swing arm unit 4 is fixed to the slider unit 3 , but the front end of the swing arm unit 4 (swing arm 42 ) needs to be able to move in the vertical plane (as shown in FIG. 1 state) can be rotated at a predetermined angle around the base end (around the slider unit 3) and fixed at a desired angle.
在本发明中,通过对摆臂单元4的结构进行设计,如后所述,利用调节销424和调节销固定盘425来实现摆臂单元4的摆臂42在竖直面内的角度变更。In the present invention, by designing the structure of the swing arm unit 4, as described later, the adjustment pin 424 and the adjustment pin fixing plate 425 are used to realize the angle change of the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4 in the vertical plane.
具体而言,如图21~图25所述,摆臂42具有:大致呈长条形的摆臂主体部421;基端连接部422,其固定于摆臂主体部421的基端侧, 并可转动地与摆臂固定座41连接;调节销424,其能够在摆臂主体部421的内部沿着摆臂主体部421的长度方向从摆臂主体部421的基端侧伸出或缩回;大致呈圆盘形的调节销固定盘425,该调节销固定盘425被固定于摆臂固定座41,在其上设置有调节销424能够插入并卡合的多个卡口429。Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 21 to 25 , the swing arm 42 has: a substantially elongated swing arm main body part 421; and a base end connection part 422, which is fixed to the base end side of the swing arm main body part 421. and is rotatably connected to the swing arm fixing base 41; the adjustment pin 424 can be extended or retracted from the base end side of the swing arm main body 421 along the length direction of the swing arm main body 421 inside the swing arm main body 421. Back; a generally disc-shaped adjusting pin fixed plate 425, the adjusting pin fixed plate 425 is fixed to the swing arm fixed base 41, on which is provided with a plurality of bayonet 429 into which the adjusting pin 424 can be inserted and engaged.
在本发明的实施例中,如图22所示,基端连接部422固定于摆臂主体部421的基端侧并且与摆臂主体部421作为一个整体通过轴承或者卡合等结构可转动地安装于摆臂固定座41,由此,能够使得摆臂主体部421以基端连接部422为中心(轴心)转动。在本实施方式中,优选摆臂主体部421形成为中空的圆筒形。In the embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 22 , the base end connecting portion 422 is fixed to the base end side of the swing arm main body 421 and is rotatable with the swing arm main body 421 as a whole through bearings or engagement structures. By being attached to the swing arm fixing base 41 , the swing arm main body 421 can be rotated around the base end connecting portion 422 as the center (axis center). In this embodiment, it is preferable that the swing arm main body part 421 is formed in a hollow cylindrical shape.
另外,在摆臂固定座41上还设置有大致呈圆盘形的调节销固定盘425。调节销固定盘425在图示的例子中大致竖直地固定安装于摆臂固定座41,在其上沿着圆周方向在外侧设置有调节销424能够插入并能够与其卡合的多个卡口429,即,调节销固定盘425大致呈分度盘的形状。其中,多个卡口429之间的间隔可以相等,也可以根据需要设定为不同间隔。在图示的例子中,如图22和图23所示,当调节销424插入到最下面的卡口429时,摆臂单元4的整体沿着导轨单元5的延伸方向处于竖直状态(例如收纳状态),此时例如用于将摆臂单元4收纳。另外,如图23所示,以最下面的卡口429为起点,沿着顺时针方向在调节销固定盘425的外周还形成有其它的卡口429,当调节销424插入到除最下面卡口429之外的其它卡口429内的情况下,摆臂主体部421从沿着导轨单元5的延伸方向的竖直状态改为转动状态,此时处于对摆臂单元4的角度进行调节的状态。在此,可以将最下面卡口429距离紧挨着其的其它卡口429的距离设定为大于除最下面卡口429之外的其它卡口429之间的距离,以便于操作(最下面用于收纳,其它用于调节)。图24(a)~(c)示意性地表示出调节销424从一个卡口429改变到另一个卡口429的过程,但上述过程以及间隔的设定仅仅是一个示例,可以根据需要进行变更。In addition, a substantially disk-shaped adjusting pin fixing plate 425 is also provided on the swing arm fixing base 41 . In the example shown in the figure, the adjusting pin fixing plate 425 is fixedly installed on the swing arm fixing base 41 substantially vertically, and is provided with a plurality of bayonet openings on the outer side along the circumferential direction into which the adjusting pin 424 can be inserted and engaged. 429, that is, the adjusting pin fixed plate 425 is generally in the shape of an index plate. The intervals between the plurality of bayonet ports 429 may be equal, or may be set to different intervals as required. In the illustrated example, as shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 , when the adjustment pin 424 is inserted into the lowermost bayonet 429 , the entire swing arm unit 4 is in a vertical state along the extension direction of the guide rail unit 5 (for example, Storage state), at this time, for example, it is used to store the swing arm unit 4. In addition, as shown in Figure 23, starting from the bottom bayonet 429, other bayonet 429 are formed on the outer periphery of the adjusting pin fixed plate 425 in the clockwise direction. When the adjustment pin 424 is inserted into the bottom bayonet 429, In other bayonet 429 other than the opening 429, the swing arm main body 421 is changed from the vertical state along the extension direction of the guide rail unit 5 to the rotating state. At this time, the angle of the swing arm unit 4 is adjusted. state. Here, the distance between the bottommost bayonet 429 and the other bayonet 429 immediately adjacent to it can be set to be greater than the distance between the other bayonet 429 except the bottommost bayonet 429 to facilitate operation (the bottommost bayonet 429 Used for storage, others for adjustment). 24(a) to (c) schematically show the process of changing the adjustment pin 424 from one bayonet 429 to another bayonet 429, but the above process and the setting of the interval are just an example and can be changed as needed. .
另外,如图23所示,在摆臂主体部421的内部还设置有能够在摆臂主体部421的内部沿着摆臂主体部421的长度方向从摆臂主体部421的基端侧伸出或缩回的调节销424。当调节销424伸出并与调节销固定 盘425的某个卡口429卡合时,摆臂42的整体能够锁定在该卡口429所对应的转动角度;当调节销424缩回到摆臂主体部421时,调节销424与调节销固定盘425的卡口429的卡合解除,摆臂主体部421能够例如在图6所示的状态下在竖直面内以基端连接部422为中心在竖直平面内转动。In addition, as shown in FIG. 23 , a structure is provided inside the swing arm main body 421 that can extend from the base end side of the swing arm main body 421 along the length direction of the swing arm main body 421 . or retracted adjustment pin 424. When the adjustment pin 424 is extended and fixed with the adjustment pin When a certain bayonet 429 of the disk 425 is engaged, the entire swing arm 42 can be locked at the rotation angle corresponding to the bayonet 429; when the adjustment pin 424 retracts to the swing arm main body 421, the adjustment pin 424 and the adjustment pin When the engagement of the bayonet 429 of the fixed plate 425 is released, the swing arm main body 421 can rotate in the vertical plane with the base end connection portion 422 as the center, for example, in the state shown in FIG. 6 .
对于使调节销424伸出并卡入调节销固定盘425的卡口429的具体方式,参照图21~图25,在摆臂主体部421的内部还设置有连杆426和调节开关427,该连杆426的一端与调节销424的末端(相对于调节销424插入到卡口429的一端相反的另一端)连接,另一端与调节开关427连接。Regarding the specific method of extending the adjusting pin 424 and engaging it in the bayonet 429 of the adjusting pin fixing plate 425, refer to Figures 21 to 25. A connecting rod 426 and an adjusting switch 427 are also provided inside the swing arm main body 421. One end of the connecting rod 426 is connected to the end of the adjusting pin 424 (the other end opposite to the end of the adjusting pin 424 inserted into the bayonet 429), and the other end is connected to the adjusting switch 427.
其中,在本实施例中,如图25所示,将调节开关427设置成大致呈L字形,通过销轴在调节开关427的L字形拐点处的部位将调节开关427以可转动的方式安装在摆臂主体部421,使其能够以销轴为中心转动(图25中L字形的调节开关427能够以销轴为中心顺时针或逆时针转动)。Among them, in this embodiment, as shown in Figure 25, the adjustment switch 427 is set to be roughly L-shaped, and the adjustment switch 427 is rotatably installed at the L-shaped inflection point of the adjustment switch 427 through a pin. The main body part 421 of the swing arm can rotate around the pin axis (the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 in Figure 25 can rotate clockwise or counterclockwise around the pin axis).
另外,将调节开关427的L字形的其中一端以可转动的方式在摆臂主体部421内固定于连杆426的一端。即,如图25所示,对于L字形的调节开关427与连杆426,通过将调节开关427的L字形拐点处固定于摆臂主体部421,使得L字形的调节开关427与连杆426形成为平面连杆机构。此时,如图25所示,当调节开关427的自由端沿着顺时针方向转动时,与连杆426连接的调节开关427的另一端会拉动连杆426使其向图25的上方(摆臂的前端侧)移动;当调节开关427的自由端沿着逆时针方向转动时,与连杆426连接的调节开关427的另一端会推动连杆426使其向图25的下方(摆臂的基端侧)移动。此时,因为连杆426的基端侧与调节销424的末端连接,所以当连杆426因调节开关427的转动而上下移动时,连杆426的基端侧的调节销424也一同随着连杆426上下移动,从而实现调节销424相对于卡口429的插拔。In addition, one end of the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 is rotatably fixed to one end of the link 426 in the swing arm main body 421 . That is, as shown in FIG. 25 , for the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 and the link 426 , the L-shaped inflection point of the adjustment switch 427 is fixed to the swing arm main body 421 , so that the L-shaped adjustment switch 427 and the link 426 form an It is a plane linkage mechanism. At this time, as shown in Figure 25, when the free end of the adjustment switch 427 rotates clockwise, the other end of the adjustment switch 427 connected to the connecting rod 426 will pull the connecting rod 426 upward (swing) in Figure 25 the front end side of the arm) moves; when the free end of the adjustment switch 427 rotates in the counterclockwise direction, the other end of the adjustment switch 427 connected to the link 426 will push the link 426 to the bottom of the swing arm in Figure 25 basal side) moves. At this time, because the base end side of the connecting rod 426 is connected to the end of the adjusting pin 424, when the connecting rod 426 moves up and down due to the rotation of the adjusting switch 427, the adjusting pin 424 on the base end side of the connecting rod 426 also moves along with it. The connecting rod 426 moves up and down, thereby realizing the insertion and extraction of the adjustment pin 424 relative to the bayonet 429 .
另外,优选在摆臂主体部421的基端侧设置有供调节销424滑动的销槽427并在调节销424与销槽427的底部之间设置有用于辅助调节销424上下滑动的弹簧428。 In addition, it is preferable that a pin groove 427 for sliding the adjustment pin 424 is provided on the base end side of the swing arm main body 421, and a spring 428 for assisting the adjustment pin 424 to slide up and down is provided between the adjustment pin 424 and the bottom of the pin groove 427.
如上所述,通过对本发明的摆臂42的内部进行设置,使得能够在摆臂主体部421的末端通过对调节开关427进行操作,就能够对摆臂42的角度进行调整。As described above, by arranging the inside of the swing arm 42 of the present invention, the angle of the swing arm 42 can be adjusted by operating the adjustment switch 427 at the end of the swing arm main body 421 .
另外,在本发明中,如图12和图16所示,可以将调节销固定盘425设定为与摆臂固定座41形成为一体,也可以如图19所示那样,作为独立部件设置,对此并不限定。另外,如图12、图16、图19以及图22所示,还可以在摆臂主体部421的基端侧设置基端外壳423,使其作为相对于摆臂固定座41可转动的部件。In addition, in the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 12 and 16 , the adjustment pin fixing plate 425 may be formed integrally with the swing arm fixing base 41 , or may be provided as an independent component as shown in FIG. 19 . There is no limit to this. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 12 , 16 , 19 and 22 , a proximal end housing 423 may be provided on the proximal end side of the swing arm main body 421 as a rotatable member relative to the swing arm fixing base 41 .
-弹性滑轮模组--Elastic pulley module-
如图12以及图26~图30所示,滑块单元3还包括具有弹性的弹性滑轮模组33。其中,如图26~图30所示,弹性滑轮模组33包括模组框架331、模组滑轮332、支脚插孔333。另外,如图12以及图26~图30所示,摆臂单元4还包括设置于摆臂固定座41上的支脚部44。此外,如图27所示,导轨单元5还包括设置于支承座51上的滑轮轨道53。在本发明的摆臂单元4与滑块单元3的一个连接方式中,在弹性滑轮模组33中,在图示的例子中设置有两个模组滑轮332,模组滑轮332通过轴承或轴孔等架设于模组框架331上,模组滑轮332能够沿着导轨单元5的支承座51上的滑轮轨道53滑动,支脚插孔333开设于在模组框架331上,能够供摆臂单元4的支脚部44插入其中。即,如图12和图13所示,当滑块单元3的滑块31沿着导轨单元5的导轨52滑动时,摆臂单元4也随之滑动,因为摆臂单元4的摆臂固定座41上所设置的支脚部44插入到弹性滑轮模组33的支脚插孔333中,所以弹性滑轮模组33也随着摆臂单元4的移动而一并沿着导轨单元5的滑轮轨道53滑动。即,滑块单元3的滑块31沿着导轨单元5的导轨52滑动,经由滑块固定座32和光轴43而与滑块31连接的摆臂单元4也随之滑动,并且因为摆臂单元4的支脚部44插入到弹性滑轮模组33的支脚插孔333中,所以弹性滑轮模组33也随之在导轨单元5的滑轮轨道53滑动。As shown in FIG. 12 and FIGS. 26 to 30 , the slider unit 3 also includes an elastic pulley module 33 . Among them, as shown in FIGS. 26 to 30 , the elastic pulley module 33 includes a module frame 331 , a module pulley 332 , and a leg socket 333 . In addition, as shown in FIG. 12 and FIGS. 26 to 30 , the swing arm unit 4 further includes a leg portion 44 provided on the swing arm fixing base 41 . In addition, as shown in FIG. 27 , the guide rail unit 5 also includes a pulley track 53 provided on the support base 51 . In one connection method between the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 of the present invention, in the elastic pulley module 33, in the example shown in the figure, two module pulleys 332 are provided, and the module pulleys 332 pass through bearings or shafts. Holes, etc. are set up on the module frame 331. The module pulley 332 can slide along the pulley track 53 on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5. The foot socket 333 is opened on the module frame 331 and can provide the swing arm unit 4. The leg portion 44 is inserted into it. That is, as shown in Figures 12 and 13, when the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, the swing arm unit 4 also slides because the swing arm fixing seat of the swing arm unit 4 The leg portion 44 provided on 41 is inserted into the leg insertion hole 333 of the elastic pulley module 33, so the elastic pulley module 33 also slides along the pulley track 53 of the guide rail unit 5 as the swing arm unit 4 moves. . That is, the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides along the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5, and the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider 31 via the slider fixing seat 32 and the optical axis 43 also slides, and because the swing arm unit The leg portion 44 of 4 is inserted into the leg insertion hole 333 of the elastic pulley module 33, so the elastic pulley module 33 also slides on the pulley track 53 of the guide rail unit 5.
通过这样对摆臂单元4与滑块单元3进行连接,使得使用者使用健身器材F进行训练时,当摆臂单元4承受了外力时,外力不会全部施加到导轨单元5的导轨52上,而是部分地被具有弹性的弹性滑轮模 组33所承受。在健身器材中,导轨52的主要作用是用于对滑块单元3和摆臂单元4的高度位置进行调整,所以需要保持顺滑度和高精度,当导轨52过多地承受外力时,会对导轨52的精度和使用寿命造成影响,如果使用多根导轨52或加大导轨的52的宽度,则相应地需要进一步提高产品的制作精度和导轨的安装精度(保持平行),从而导致安装复杂并且成本上升。特别是,在本发明中,两个导轨单元5并不平行而是沿直线延伸且在延伸方向上相交,因此当摆臂单元4承受了外力时,更容易对导轨单元5(导轨52)的寿命造成影响。对此,在本发明中,通过设置具有弹性的弹性滑轮模组33并使其能够沿着滑轮轨道53滑动,使得无论滑块单元3位于何处,弹性滑轮模组33都会位于相应的高度位置,由于弹性滑轮模组33的弹性,可以让支脚部44在未受到较大外力时,处于滑轮轨道33中间位置,这样支脚部44不会与滑轮轨道33产生接触和摩擦,这样在滑块单元3沿导轨单元移动时,非常顺畅且无噪音。当摆臂单元5收到外力并传递至滑块单元3时,弹性滑轮模组33产生形变,使支脚部44和滑轮轨道33相接触来分担所受到的外力,分担导轨52所受外力,由此不会直接对导轨52造成损坏,起到保护导轨52的作用。By connecting the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 in this way, when the user uses the fitness equipment F for training, when the swing arm unit 4 bears an external force, all the external force will not be applied to the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5. Instead, it is partially molded by elastic elastic pulleys. Group 33 suffered. In fitness equipment, the main function of the guide rail 52 is to adjust the height position of the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4, so it needs to maintain smoothness and high precision. When the guide rail 52 bears too much external force, it will It will affect the accuracy and service life of the guide rails 52. If multiple guide rails 52 are used or the width of the guide rails 52 is increased, the manufacturing accuracy of the product and the installation accuracy of the guide rails (maintaining parallelism) need to be further improved accordingly, resulting in complicated installation. And costs go up. In particular, in the present invention, the two guide rail units 5 are not parallel but extend along a straight line and intersect in the extension direction. Therefore, when the swing arm unit 4 bears an external force, it is easier to damage the guide rail unit 5 (the guide rail 52 ). lifespan is affected. In this regard, in the present invention, by arranging the elastic pulley module 33 and allowing it to slide along the pulley track 53, no matter where the slider unit 3 is located, the elastic pulley module 33 will be located at the corresponding height position. , due to the elasticity of the elastic pulley module 33, the foot portion 44 can be in the middle position of the pulley track 33 when it is not subjected to a large external force, so that the foot portion 44 will not come into contact and friction with the pulley track 33, so that in the slider unit 3. Very smooth and noiseless when moving along the guide rail unit. When the swing arm unit 5 receives an external force and transmits it to the slider unit 3, the elastic pulley module 33 deforms, causing the foot portion 44 and the pulley track 33 to come into contact to share the external force received, and share the external force received by the guide rail 52. This will not directly cause damage to the guide rail 52 and play a role in protecting the guide rail 52 .
另外,由于要保持滑块31沿着导轨52的滑动的顺滑性,所以需要保持滑块31与导轨52之间的精度。在本发明中,即便是因为外力对滑块31与导轨52之间的精度暂时产生影响例如滑块31与导轨52相对有少许偏移,也会因为设置有具有弹性的弹性滑轮模组33,使得能够纠正滑块31与导轨52之间的精度使其恢复至原始状态,从而能够进一步保护导轨52,使其滑动更加顺滑。In addition, since the slider 31 slides along the guide rail 52 smoothly, it is necessary to maintain the accuracy between the slider 31 and the guide rail 52 . In the present invention, even if the external force temporarily affects the accuracy between the slider 31 and the guide rail 52, for example, the slider 31 and the guide rail 52 are slightly offset relative to each other, because of the elastic elastic pulley module 33 provided, This allows the accuracy between the slider 31 and the guide rail 52 to be corrected and restored to the original state, thereby further protecting the guide rail 52 and making it slide more smoothly.
另外,如图27所示,优选在导轨单元5的支承座51上,用于滑块31滑动的导轨52所在的平面相对于用于弹性滑轮模组33滑动的滑轮轨道51所在的平面之间具有一定夹角(如图中所示的夹角α)。如图所示,当滑块单元3的滑块31受到外力而对导轨52进行挤压时,通常都是在横切于导轨52的延伸方向(在滑块31的滑动面内,相对于轨道52的延伸方向垂直的方向)上对导轨52进行挤压。对此,在本发明中,在导轨单元5的支承座51上,通过使用于滑块31滑动的导轨52所在的平面相对于用于弹性滑轮模组33滑动的滑轮轨道51所 在的平面之间具有一定夹角α,使得弹性滑轮模组33能够在导轨52受到外力时更好地对该外力进行分担,从而能够进一步保护导轨52,保证其滑动更加顺滑。此处,优选夹角α为钝角,但不局限于此,也可以为其它角度。In addition, as shown in Figure 27, it is preferable that on the support base 51 of the guide rail unit 5, the plane where the guide rail 52 for the slide block 31 slides is located relative to the plane where the pulley track 51 for the elastic pulley module 33 slides. It has a certain angle (angle α as shown in the figure). As shown in the figure, when the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 is pressed against the guide rail 52 by an external force, it is usually in a direction transverse to the extension of the guide rail 52 (in the sliding surface of the slider 31, relative to the rail). The guide rail 52 is pressed in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the guide rail 52 . In this regard, in the present invention, on the support seat 51 of the guide rail unit 5, the plane where the guide rail 52 for the slide block 31 slides is located relative to the pulley track 51 for the elastic pulley module 33 to slide. There is a certain angle α between the planes, so that the elastic pulley module 33 can better share the external force when the guide rail 52 is subjected to external force, thereby further protecting the guide rail 52 and ensuring smoother sliding. Here, the angle α is preferably an obtuse angle, but is not limited to this and may also be other angles.
另外,如上所述,在本发明中,可以利用设置于摆臂单元4的摆臂固定座41上的支脚部44,并通过将支脚部44插入到开设于模组框架331上的支脚插孔333内,使得通过简单的结构就将摆臂固定座41与弹性滑轮模组33连接在一起。由此,滑块单元3的滑块31在导轨单元5的导轨52上滑动,滑块单元3还与摆臂单元4连接,使得摆臂单元4也随着滑块单元3的滑动而滑动。另一方向,摆臂单元4的摆臂固定座41与弹性滑轮模组33连接在一起,而弹性滑轮模组33在导轨单元5的滑轮轨道53上滑动,所以摆臂单元4也随着滑轮模组33的滑动而滑动,并且因为摆臂单元4还与滑块单元3连接,使得滑块单元3也因弹性滑轮模组33的滑动而滑动。即,摆臂单元4和滑块单元3经由滑块31和弹性滑轮模组33而沿着导轨单元5滑动,无论是摆臂单元4受到外力还是滑块单元3受到外力,都能够经由弹性滑轮模组33而被分担,使得能够减少对导轨52的挤压冲击,能够进一步保护导轨52,保证其滑动更加顺滑。In addition, as mentioned above, in the present invention, the leg portion 44 provided on the swing arm fixing base 41 of the swing arm unit 4 can be used, and the leg portion 44 can be inserted into the leg insertion hole opened in the module frame 331 333, the swing arm fixing base 41 and the elastic pulley module 33 can be connected together through a simple structure. Therefore, the slider 31 of the slider unit 3 slides on the guide rail 52 of the guide rail unit 5 , and the slider unit 3 is also connected to the swing arm unit 4 , so that the swing arm unit 4 also slides as the slider unit 3 slides. In the other direction, the swing arm fixed seat 41 of the swing arm unit 4 is connected with the elastic pulley module 33, and the elastic pulley module 33 slides on the pulley track 53 of the guide rail unit 5, so the swing arm unit 4 also follows the pulley. The module 33 slides due to the sliding of the elastic pulley module 33 , and because the swing arm unit 4 is also connected to the slider unit 3 , the slider unit 3 also slides due to the sliding of the elastic pulley module 33 . That is, the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 slide along the guide rail unit 5 via the slider 31 and the elastic pulley module 33. Regardless of whether the swing arm unit 4 receives an external force or the slider unit 3 receives an external force, they can slide through the elastic pulley. The module 33 is shared, so that the extrusion impact on the guide rail 52 can be reduced, and the guide rail 52 can be further protected to ensure smoother sliding.
另外,在本发明的一个实施例中,优选模组滑轮332为带凹槽的凹槽滑轮,滑轮轨道53的与凹槽滑轮接触的表面形成为能够与所述凹槽贴合的形状。另外,如图27和图28所示,更优选模组滑轮为V槽滑轮或U槽滑轮,模组滑轮有两个,分别位于模组框架331的前后的两端。由此,能够更稳定地分担导轨52受到的外力。In addition, in one embodiment of the present invention, it is preferred that the module pulley 332 is a grooved pulley, and the surface of the pulley track 53 that contacts the grooved pulley is formed into a shape that can fit the groove. In addition, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 28 , it is more preferred that the module pulleys are V-groove pulleys or U-groove pulleys. There are two module pulleys, located at the front and rear ends of the module frame 331 respectively. Thereby, the external force received by the guide rail 52 can be shared more stably.
以上,对本发明的弹性滑轮模组作为缓冲件为例进行了说明。但本发明并不局限于次,还可以进行各种变更。Above, the elastic pulley module of the present invention is used as a buffer member as an example. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and various modifications can be made.
-滑块单元与导轨单元的连接方式--Connection method of slider unit and guide rail unit-
另外,对于滑块单元3可滑动地安装于导轨单元5上的方式,例如可以采用在导轨单元5设置滑槽使滑块单元3嵌入滑槽内的结构,或者使导轨单元5形成为工形轨并使滑块单元3与其嵌合的结构,还可以采用滑槽和滚轮的组合等,只要能够使滑块单元3能够沿着导轨单元5滑动即可。 In addition, as for the way in which the slider unit 3 is slidably installed on the guide rail unit 5, for example, a slide groove can be provided in the guide rail unit 5 so that the slider unit 3 can be embedded in the slide groove, or the guide rail unit 5 can be formed into an I-shape. The structure of the rail and the slider unit 3 being fitted thereto can also be a combination of slide grooves and rollers, as long as the slider unit 3 can slide along the guide rail unit 5 .
-其它实施例--Other embodiments-
以上,如图1~图10所示,以左侧的导轨单元5和右侧的导轨单元5在各自的延伸方向上随着向上方(主体部1的顶边23)去而有相交的趋势的情况为例进行说明,但是本法发明并不局限于此,也可以设计成左侧的导轨单元5和右侧的导轨单元5在延伸方向上随着向下方(主体部1的底边24)去而有相交的趋势,或者其它方式。另外,以前面板2呈矩形的情况为例进行了说明,但本发明并不局限于此,也可以为圆形、椭圆形或其它形状。即,在本发明中,只要两个导轨单元5的延伸方向不平行,在两者之间具有夹角即可。此时,可以利用导轨单元5的不平行位置关系而形成滑块单元3与摆臂单元4的收纳区域,并能够利用前面板2对收纳状态的滑块单元3和摆臂单元4进行遮挡。As shown above, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 10 , the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 tend to intersect as they go upward (top edge 23 of the main body 1 ) in their respective extending directions. The case will be described as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this. It can also be designed so that the left guide rail unit 5 and the right guide rail unit 5 extend downward (the bottom edge 24 of the main body 1 ) and have a tendency to intersect, or in other ways. In addition, the case where the front panel 2 is in a rectangular shape has been described as an example, but the present invention is not limited thereto, and may also be in a circular, elliptical or other shape. That is, in the present invention, as long as the extending directions of the two guide rail units 5 are not parallel, there is only an included angle between them. At this time, the non-parallel positional relationship of the guide rail unit 5 can be used to form a storage area for the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4, and the front panel 2 can be used to shield the slider unit 3 and the swing arm unit 4 in the stored state.
作为其它情况的具体实施例,例如,还可以使主体部形成为上底边的长度比下底边的长度要长的等腰梯形的形状(例如图3、图31所示的主体部1倒置的状态),并沿着主体部的侧边设置导轨单元。此时,与上述实施例的情况相反,两个导轨单元沿着主体部的侧边随着向健身设备的下方去而有交叉的趋势。在该实施例中,在收纳状态的情况下,滑块单元位于导轨单元的下端,当想要使用健身设备时,只需提升滑块单元至导轨单元的规定位置即可。As a specific example for other cases, for example, the main body part may also be formed into an isosceles trapezoid shape in which the length of the upper base is longer than the length of the lower base (for example, the main body part 1 shown in FIGS. 3 and 31 is inverted. state), and set the guide rail unit along the side of the main body. At this time, contrary to the situation in the above embodiment, the two guide rail units have a tendency to cross along the sides of the main body as they go downwards of the fitness equipment. In this embodiment, in the stored state, the slider unit is located at the lower end of the guide rail unit. When you want to use the fitness equipment, you only need to lift the slider unit to the prescribed position of the guide rail unit.
另外,与上述实施例的情况相同,也可以不对主体部的形状进行限制,而只将两个导轨单元设置为随着向健身设备的下方去而有交叉的趋势,也能够得到同样的效果。In addition, as in the case of the above-mentioned embodiment, the shape of the main body portion may not be limited, and the two rail units may be provided so as to have a tendency to cross as they go downwards of the fitness equipment, and the same effect can be obtained.
如上所述,在本发明中,无需特别设置专门的部件,只需巧妙地利用导轨单元和前面板就能够在收纳状态下将摆臂单元和滑块单元完全隐藏于健身设备(前面板)的背面,能够完全实现收纳状态下的摆臂连接结构的隐藏,可以让健身设备的设计一体性更强,在健身设备闲置处于收纳状态时,使其整体外观更加美观,适合家居使用。特别是,当健身设备闲置时,因为此时的摆臂连接结构不向侧面突出而被完全隐藏,因此机身更加小巧且外表更加美观,在收纳状态下甚至完全看不到除前面板之外的其它零部件,尤其是当前面板采用镜面显示屏时,在通电时,收纳状态下的健身设备完全可以作为娱乐显示装置 使用,即便在不通电时,也可以作为普通的镜子来使用,不仅外表整洁美观,且易于放置于家庭空间内进行使用,即便闲置时也能够被充分利用,并不会因为在家中设置健身设备而破坏房间的布局。As mentioned above, in the present invention, there is no need to install special components, and the swing arm unit and the slider unit can be completely hidden in the fitness equipment (front panel) in the stowed state by clever use of the guide rail unit and the front panel. On the back, the swing arm connection structure in the stowed state can be completely hidden, which can make the design of the fitness equipment more integrated. When the fitness equipment is idle and in the stowed state, the overall appearance is more beautiful and suitable for home use. Especially when the fitness equipment is idle, because the swing arm connection structure does not protrude to the side and is completely hidden, the body is more compact and the appearance is more beautiful. In the stored state, the front panel is not even visible at all. Other components, especially when the front panel adopts a mirror display, when powered on, the fitness equipment in the stored state can be used as an entertainment display device Even when the power is off, it can be used as an ordinary mirror. It is not only clean and beautiful in appearance, but also easy to place in the home space for use. It can be fully utilized even when it is idle, and there is no need to set up fitness equipment at home. And ruin the layout of the room.
另外,本发明可以根据各种需要,适用于摆臂位于不同高度的力量训练,仅通过一个健身设备就能够实现多种方式的锻炼,便于使用,不仅结构紧凑,不占用空间,而且外观简洁,具有美观性,即便置于普通的家庭中也不会影响整体的美观性和布局。In addition, the present invention can be suitable for strength training with swing arms at different heights according to various needs. It can achieve various types of exercise with only one fitness equipment. It is easy to use. It not only has a compact structure and does not take up space, but also has a simple appearance. It is aesthetically pleasing and will not affect the overall aesthetics and layout even if it is placed in an ordinary home.
此外,为了方便用户用深蹲、硬拉、高拉背等训练动作,绳索位置需要距离周围的墙面规定距离,以满足当绳索对应训练项目而被拉出时,绳索的端部不被干扰,特别是在低位位置和高位位置,力量训练需要绳索的出线端(参照图32,绳索R穿过摆臂单元5而从摆臂单元5被拉出的一端)覆盖较大的“出线端范围”,因此要设计合理的绳索出线端范围成为难点和重点。有时候,如果要满足“出线端范围”,则需要将健身设备设置在较高的高度并且健身设备2本身也需要较高的高度。In addition, in order to facilitate users to use training actions such as squats, deadlifts, and high pulls, the position of the rope needs to be a specified distance from the surrounding wall so that when the rope is pulled out corresponding to the training item, the end of the rope will not be disturbed , especially in the low position and high position, strength training requires the outlet end of the rope (refer to Figure 32, the end of the rope R that passes through the swing arm unit 5 and is pulled out from the swing arm unit 5) to cover a larger "output end range" ”, so it has become difficult and important to design a reasonable range of the rope outlet end. Sometimes, if the "outlet end range" is to be met, the fitness equipment needs to be set at a higher height and the fitness equipment 2 itself also needs to be at a higher height.
而在本发明中,由于摆臂单元4可以随着滑块单元3的滑动而上下调节高度位置,因此可以补偿摆臂42的长度,可以用更短的摆臂42覆盖从高到低训练范围。此时,如图10、图31和图32所示,当在图10所示状态下将健身设备F挂在墙壁上使用时(例如,如图31所示,通过将安装架8安装于墙壁上,并将健身设备的主体部1安装在安装架8上,从而将健身设备F挂在墙壁上),因为健身设备F挂于墙壁上距离地面有一定距离且摆臂单元4的基端位置可随滑块单元3上下调节,因此摆臂单元4的摆臂42的前端可以很容易满足“出线端范围”。由此,能够使摆臂42的长度较短,使得摆臂单元4与滑块单元3的铰接处承受的扭矩会变小。此外,由于摆臂单元4的基端可以沿导轨单元5朝地面移动,所以当将健身设备F挂于墙壁上进行使用时,可以使摆臂单元4的前端更接近地面。In the present invention, since the swing arm unit 4 can adjust the height position up and down as the slider unit 3 slides, the length of the swing arm 42 can be compensated, and a shorter swing arm 42 can be used to cover the training range from high to low. . At this time, as shown in Figures 10, 31 and 32, when the fitness equipment F is hung on the wall in the state shown in Figure 10 for use (for example, as shown in Figure 31, by installing the mounting bracket 8 on the wall on the wall, and install the main body 1 of the fitness equipment on the mounting bracket 8, thereby hanging the fitness equipment F on the wall), because the fitness equipment F is hung on the wall at a certain distance from the ground and at the base end of the swing arm unit 4 It can be adjusted up and down along with the slider unit 3, so the front end of the swing arm 42 of the swing arm unit 4 can easily meet the "outlet end range". Therefore, the length of the swing arm 42 can be made shorter, so that the torque endured by the hinge of the swing arm unit 4 and the slider unit 3 will be smaller. In addition, since the base end of the swing arm unit 4 can move toward the ground along the guide rail unit 5, when the fitness equipment F is hung on the wall for use, the front end of the swing arm unit 4 can be brought closer to the ground.
具体而言,通常为了方便用户用深蹲、硬拉、高拉背等训练动作,绳索的出线端(绳索R经由把持部被拉出端)要覆盖较大的“出线端范围”,例如离地10cm~离地2m,且离墙面至少60cm。Specifically, in order to facilitate users to perform training actions such as squats, deadlifts, and high back pulls, the outlet end of the rope (the end where the rope R is pulled out through the handle) should cover a larger "outlet end range", such as 10cm to 2m above the ground, and at least 60cm from the wall.
在本发明中,摆臂单元4的基端位置可以上下调节,因此摆臂单 元4可以更容易满足“出线端范围”,例如,当摆臂的长度为98cm时,在使用过程中摆臂单元4的极端部可以在离地90cm~122cm范围内移动,很容易就能够满足“出线端范围”使得摆臂42的长度较短,摆臂单元4的与滑块单元3连接的基端部的关节承受的扭矩会变小,有助于保护健身设备的使用寿命。In the present invention, the base end position of the swing arm unit 4 can be adjusted up and down, so the swing arm unit 4 Unit 4 can more easily meet the "outlet end range". For example, when the length of the swing arm is 98cm, the extreme end of the swing arm unit 4 can move within the range of 90cm to 122cm above the ground during use, which can easily meet the requirements. The "outlet end range" makes the length of the swing arm 42 shorter, and the joint at the base end of the swing arm unit 4 connected to the slider unit 3 will bear less torque, which helps protect the service life of the fitness equipment.
以上,对本发明的具体实施方式进行了说明,但本领域技术人员在不偏离本发明的精神和范围的情况下可以对本发明的实施方式进行各种修改和变更。 The specific embodiments of the present invention have been described above, but those skilled in the art can make various modifications and changes to the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention.

Claims (15)

  1. 一种用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其中,所述健身设备包括:主体部、设置于所述主体部的正面的前面板、设置于所述前面板的背面的导轨单元、可滑动地设置于所述导轨单元的滑块单元以及与所述滑块单元连接的摆臂单元,所述摆臂连接结构的特征在于:A swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment, wherein the fitness equipment includes: a main body, a front panel provided on the front of the main body, a guide rail unit provided on the back of the front panel, and a A slider unit provided on the guide rail unit and a swing arm unit connected to the slider unit. The swing arm connection structure is characterized by:
    所述摆臂连接结构包括所述滑块单元、所述摆臂单元以及两个所述导轨单元,两个所述导轨单元沿直线延伸且在延伸方向上相交。The swing arm connection structure includes the slider unit, the swing arm unit and two guide rail units. The two guide rail units extend along a straight line and intersect in the extension direction.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 1, characterized in that:
    两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向上方去而逐渐变小。The distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes upward.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 1, characterized in that:
    两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向下方去而逐渐变小。The distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes downward.
  4. 如权利要求1~3中任一项所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that:
    两个所述导轨单元相对于健身设备的中心线呈轴对称。The two guide rail units are axially symmetrical with respect to the center line of the fitness equipment.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 4, characterized in that:
    所述主体部呈等腰梯形,具有平行的上底边和下底边以及作为等腰梯形的腰的两个主体部侧边,The main body part is in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid, with parallel upper and lower bottom edges and two main body part side edges as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid,
    两个所述导轨单元分别沿着所述主体部侧边而设置在其上。Two of the guide rail units are respectively provided on the main body part along its side.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 4, characterized in that:
    所述前面板呈矩形,具有顶边、底边和两个前面板侧边,The front panel is rectangular, with a top edge, a bottom edge and two front panel side edges,
    所述导轨单元设置于所述前面板的背面,The guide rail unit is arranged on the back of the front panel,
    在两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向上方去而逐渐变小的情况 下,在所述前面板的背面,两个所述导轨单元分别和与其对应一侧的所述前面板侧边以及所述前面板的顶边划分出收纳区域,当所述滑块单元位于滑轨单元的最上方时,所述摆臂连接结构能够被收纳于所述收纳区域;The distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes upward. Next, on the back side of the front panel, the two guide rail units respectively define a storage area with the side edge of the front panel on the corresponding side and the top edge of the front panel. When the slider unit is located on the slide When the rail unit is at the top, the swing arm connection structure can be stored in the storage area;
    在两个所述导轨单元之间的距离随着向下方去而逐渐变小的情况下,在所述前面板的背面,两个所述导轨单元分别和与其对应一侧的所述前面板侧边以及所述前面板的底边划分出收纳区域,当所述滑块单元位于滑轨单元的最上方时,所述摆臂连接结构能够被收纳于所述收纳区域。When the distance between the two guide rail units gradually becomes smaller as it goes downwards, on the back side of the front panel, the two guide rail units are respectively in contact with the corresponding side of the front panel side. The side and the bottom edge of the front panel define a storage area. When the slider unit is located at the top of the slide rail unit, the swing arm connection structure can be stored in the storage area.
  7. 如权利要求4所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 4, characterized in that:
    所述导轨单元设置于所述主体部的侧面。The guide rail unit is disposed on the side of the main body.
  8. 如权利要求4所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 4, characterized in that:
    所述主体部呈等腰梯形,具有平行的上底边和下底边以及作为等腰梯形的腰的两个主体部侧边,The main body part is in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid, with parallel upper and lower bottom edges and two main body part side edges as the waist of the isosceles trapezoid,
    所述前面板呈矩形,具有顶边、底边和两个前面板侧边,The front panel is rectangular, with a top edge, a bottom edge and two front panel side edges,
    所述前面板的高度大于所述主体部的高度,所述主体部的上底边位于所述前面板的顶边的下端,所述主体部的下底边位于所述前面板的底边的上端,The height of the front panel is greater than the height of the main body part. The upper bottom edge of the main body part is located at the lower end of the top edge of the front panel. The lower bottom edge of the main body part is located at the bottom edge of the front panel. upper end,
    两个所述导轨单元分别沿着所述主体部侧边而设置在所述主体部侧边。The two guide rail units are respectively arranged on the sides of the main body along the sides of the main body.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 8, characterized in that:
    所述前面板为可触摸电子屏或镜面。The front panel is a touchable electronic screen or mirror.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于: The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 9, characterized in that:
    所述摆臂单元与所述滑块单元通过枢轴连接而连接在一起。The swing arm unit and the slider unit are connected together through a pivot connection.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的用于健身设备的摆臂连接结构,其特征在于:The swing arm connection structure for fitness equipment according to claim 10, characterized in that:
    所述导轨单元设置有多个卡合孔,在所述滑块单元设置能够与所述卡合孔插拔的卡合销。The guide rail unit is provided with a plurality of engaging holes, and the slider unit is provided with an engaging pin that can be inserted into and removed from the engaging holes.
  12. 一种健身设备,其特征在于:A fitness equipment characterized by:
    具有权利要求1~11中任一项所述的摆臂连接结构。It has the swing arm connection structure according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的健身设备,其特征在于,还包括:The fitness equipment of claim 12, further comprising:
    设置于所述主体部内部的阻力源;A resistance source provided inside the main body;
    与所述阻力源连接并缠绕有绳索的绕线盘;a reel connected to the source of resistance and wound with a rope;
    位于所述摆臂单元的前端侧的把持部;和A gripping portion located on the front end side of the swing arm unit; and
    将所述绳索引导至所述把持部的滑轮组。A pulley block that guides the rope to the handle.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的健身设备,其特征在于:The fitness equipment as claimed in claim 13, characterized in that:
    所述滑轮组包括设置于所述主体部的内部的第一定滑轮、设置于所述主体部的顶部的第二定滑轮、设置于所述滑块单元的第三定滑轮和设置于所述摆臂单元的基端侧的第四定滑轮和设置于所述摆臂单元的前端侧的腕关节滑轮,The pulley set includes a first fixed pulley provided inside the main body, a second fixed pulley provided on the top of the main body, a third fixed pulley provided on the slider unit, and a third fixed pulley provided on the pendulum. a fourth fixed pulley on the base end side of the arm unit and a wrist joint pulley provided on the front end side of the swing arm unit,
    所述绳索从所述绕线盘起依次经由所述第一定滑轮、所述第二定滑轮、所述第三定滑轮和所述第四定滑轮并穿过所述摆臂单元的内部之后经由所述腕关节滑轮而与所述把持部连接。The rope starts from the coil and passes through the first fixed pulley, the second fixed pulley, the third fixed pulley and the fourth fixed pulley in sequence and passes through the inside of the swing arm unit. It is connected to the holding part via the wrist joint pulley.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的健身设备,其特征在于:The fitness equipment as claimed in claim 14, characterized in that:
    所述阻力源为内转子电机,包括外壳、设置于所述外壳内的电机定子和设置在所述电机定子内的电机转子,另外,所述绕线盘安装于所述电机转子。 The resistance source is an inner rotor motor, which includes a housing, a motor stator arranged in the housing, and a motor rotor arranged in the motor stator. In addition, the winding disk is installed on the motor rotor.
PCT/CN2023/103686 2022-07-04 2023-06-29 Swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, and fitness equipment having same WO2024007936A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210780959.6A CN117379752A (en) 2022-07-04 2022-07-04 Swing arm connection structure of body-building equipment and body-building equipment with same
CN202210780959.6 2022-07-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024007936A1 true WO2024007936A1 (en) 2024-01-11

Family

ID=89454274

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/103686 WO2024007936A1 (en) 2022-07-04 2023-06-29 Swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, and fitness equipment having same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117379752A (en)
WO (1) WO2024007936A1 (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017126756A1 (en) * 2016-01-22 2017-07-27 주식회사 홈파워 Multifunctional exercise device
CN107670221A (en) * 2017-10-06 2018-02-09 南通腾泰体育用品有限公司 A kind of multi-functional flying bird combined training apparatus
CN113181592A (en) * 2021-04-09 2021-07-30 厦门凌动智能科技有限公司 Multifunctional body-building equipment
CN113509032A (en) * 2021-04-19 2021-10-19 深圳动魅科技有限公司 Body-building mirror
CN113616976A (en) * 2021-08-13 2021-11-09 江苏铁人科技有限公司 Wall-hanging exercise equipment
KR20220021969A (en) * 2020-08-13 2022-02-23 조상필 Weight Machine of Robot Arm Joint Structure
CN216629564U (en) * 2020-12-23 2022-05-31 厦门艾地运动科技有限公司 Matching structure of swing arm and sliding rail of body-building machine
WO2022114496A1 (en) * 2020-11-26 2022-06-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Sporting apparatus
CN217773141U (en) * 2022-07-04 2022-11-11 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 Swing arm connection structure and body-building equipment with same
CN217773140U (en) * 2022-07-04 2022-11-11 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 Swing arm connecting structure of fitness equipment and fitness equipment with swing arm connecting structure
CN218652892U (en) * 2022-07-04 2023-03-21 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 Swing arm connecting structure and fitness equipment

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017126756A1 (en) * 2016-01-22 2017-07-27 주식회사 홈파워 Multifunctional exercise device
CN107670221A (en) * 2017-10-06 2018-02-09 南通腾泰体育用品有限公司 A kind of multi-functional flying bird combined training apparatus
KR20220021969A (en) * 2020-08-13 2022-02-23 조상필 Weight Machine of Robot Arm Joint Structure
WO2022114496A1 (en) * 2020-11-26 2022-06-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Sporting apparatus
CN216629564U (en) * 2020-12-23 2022-05-31 厦门艾地运动科技有限公司 Matching structure of swing arm and sliding rail of body-building machine
CN113181592A (en) * 2021-04-09 2021-07-30 厦门凌动智能科技有限公司 Multifunctional body-building equipment
CN113509032A (en) * 2021-04-19 2021-10-19 深圳动魅科技有限公司 Body-building mirror
CN113616976A (en) * 2021-08-13 2021-11-09 江苏铁人科技有限公司 Wall-hanging exercise equipment
CN217773141U (en) * 2022-07-04 2022-11-11 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 Swing arm connection structure and body-building equipment with same
CN217773140U (en) * 2022-07-04 2022-11-11 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 Swing arm connecting structure of fitness equipment and fitness equipment with swing arm connecting structure
CN218652892U (en) * 2022-07-04 2023-03-21 北京觅淘智联科技有限公司 Swing arm connecting structure and fitness equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117379752A (en) 2024-01-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7530733B2 (en) Watch-winding apparatus
US20070159929A1 (en) Watch-winding apparatus
US9827458B2 (en) Recumbent step exerciser with self-centering mechanism
US7487817B2 (en) Non-pull cord operable window blind structure
US20190175980A1 (en) Expandable exercise system
US8276857B2 (en) Extension and retraction arrangement with articulated door
US20100084535A1 (en) Motion Control for Extension and Retraction Arrangements
CN217773140U (en) Swing arm connecting structure of fitness equipment and fitness equipment with swing arm connecting structure
WO2024007936A1 (en) Swing arm connection structure of fitness equipment, and fitness equipment having same
CN218652892U (en) Swing arm connecting structure and fitness equipment
CN217773141U (en) Swing arm connection structure and body-building equipment with same
CN109025521A (en) A kind of smart lock driving device
CN117379751A (en) Swing arm connecting structure, body building equipment and height position self-adjusting method
CN217489643U (en) Adjustable portable pull rope exercise device
CN216215939U (en) Rotary ornament structure and charger structure
CN110624205A (en) Comprehensive training station
CN211434923U (en) Folding running machine
KR102550737B1 (en) Trampoline fitness equipment
CN213884877U (en) Damping structure of chest expander
CN212298293U (en) Automatic stretching and retracting device for display screen
CN220558476U (en) Body-building equipment's frame and body-building equipment
CN220038288U (en) Cartoon lifting atmosphere lamp capable of being assembled by magnetic attraction and atmosphere lamp device
CN213192286U (en) Chest expander and chest expander damping adjustment mechanism
CN116906780B (en) Ultra-thin all-in-one computer
CN218497563U (en) Intelligent bookcase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23834703

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1